# About the DPI Wiki

In a crowded technology innovation landscape and a sometimes polarised geopolitical climate, Digital Public Infrastructure (DPI) has emerged as an unusual point of convergence across countries. It is now widely recognised as a powerful strategy to drive inclusive and sustainable economic growth.

Through the DPI Wiki, we have attempted to distil 15 years of practical implementation experience and insights across countries, cutting across some of the key areas that make up what we call the “DPI Approach”. It is designed to be a living resource, constantly updated with what is new and what is important.&#x20;

We’ve tried to simplify it to the absolute minimum of what you need to know to get started in the execution of an inclusive, interoperable, and high-scale DPI in your country: across agriculture, finance, health, education, skilling, ecommerce, and beyond.&#x20;

<mark style="background-color:purple;">To the builders and practitioners in countries working tirelessly to solve large-scale societal problems, this wiki is dedicated to you.</mark> &#x20;

We hope it helps bring you closer to your implementation goals.&#x20;

Send us your dashboards so we can celebrate with you!

With warm wishes,&#x20;

Kamya Chandra | Vijay Vujjini&#x20;

Anusree Jayakrishnan | Tanushka Vaid

Ysaias Alvarez | Antony Muriithi

**Citation guidelines:**

**Centre for DPI. (2024).&#x20;*****\[Title of the Article]***\*\*. DPI Wiki. Retrieved from <https://docs.cdpi.dev/**&#x20>;

For example:

**Centre for DPI. (2024).&#x20;*****Understanding DPI*****. DPI Wiki. Retrieved from <https://docs.cdpi.dev/understanding-dpi>**

<br>


# What is DPI?

The term Digital Public Infrastructure (DPI) is primarily used in two ways:

1. To describe *an approach* to addressing socio-economic problems at population scale. This approach combines open technology standards with robust governance frameworks to encourage private and community innovation to address societal scale challenges such as financial inclusion, affordable healthcare, quality education, climate change, access to justice and beyond.&#x20;
2. To describe *real-world examples* of that approach represented by well-designed, population-scale infrastructure that abide by the [principles](/the-dpi-wiki/dpi-tech-architecture-principles) of the DPI approach. Examples include India's digital identity system *Aadhaar*, Brazil's payment system *Pix*, Estonia's data-sharing platform *X-Road*, Singapore’s national digital ID *SingPass*, Thailand’s instant payment system *PromptPay*, and Argentina’s *Mi Argentina* digital services platform.&#x20;


# DPI Overview

An approach that works to transform nations at scale

At the Centre for DPI, we'd like to put out our thinking to help countries answer the question: what is this “magic sauce” that you call DPI, and how can it fast-track our national digitisation plans to create **inclusive and innovative digital economies?**

To answer this question, it's useful to first look back. The DPI movement is inspired by the open standards and specifications that created the **Internet** (TCP-IP, HTTP, HTML, SMTP, etc.) and **mobile networks** (GSM, SMS, LTE, etc.), which operated as the original digital infrastructure of the late 20th century, triggering a burst of public and private innovation that broke barriers and drove inclusion. Our controversial opinion: no other technology innovation in recent memory - not the iPhone, not the laptop, not even the computer chip - has triggered as much subsequent innovation as those original open standards. Read that again slowly.

So looking ahead, how can countries take a similar **approach** to catalyse inclusion and innovation in areas such as access to money, healthcare, education, and competitive innovation in services?

The DPI approach is about moving from platforms to open networks powered by protocols. We think there are three (3) **foundational categories** that make up **21st-century digital public infrastructure:**

<figure><img src="/files/KVdJnrJn0veLrvo70sc3" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

This is not an exhaustive list! These blocks are necessary but not sufficient to achieve a thriving digital economy. It is also important to note that the blocks can only be considered as DPI if they are built in accordance with the [technical architecture principles](/the-dpi-wiki/dpi-tech-architecture-principles). A data sharing system that is not interoperable, or a digital ID that is not minimalist or reusable, cannot be considered as digital public infrastructure.

Examples of how these DPI blocks can supercharge interactions in society:&#x20;

1. **Identities & Trust Infrastructure:**&#x20;

Identities help establish foundational information about any noun (person, object or business).&#x20;

With this capability, any entity - with an individual's consent - can verify their identity (confirming "Are you who you claim to be?") through the e-Authentication capability. Additionally, basic information can be collected through e-KYC ("Can you provide more details about yourself?"). This process helps reduce the costs for services such as banking and insurance.

Trust Infrastructure enables individuals to interact and transact without needing to be physically present or using paper, utilising digital signatures and public key infrastructure to ensure secure transactions.

2. **Data Sharing & Credentials:**&#x20;

It enables individuals or entities to verify the authenticity of certificates and licenses by scanning digitally signed QR codes for high-trust, tamper-proof personal data sharing. Furthermore, it facilitates real-time, consent-based data sharing between systems, thereby reducing the cost of services like lending. Data sharing also includes the creation of publicly accessible datasets for research and analytics available via open APIs.

3. **Payments & Transaction Networks**&#x20;

Payments infra enables anyone to make digital payments to anyone, including street vendors who may have limited digital or financial literacy, by simply scanning an interoperable QR code. This helps the conversion of a cash-based economy to a digital economy. The integration of digital identity and payment systems also allows governments to efficiently distribute social benefits without leakages.

Transaction Networks allow any product or service to be discovered and fulfilled across multiple applications, whether it's discovering a lawyer or a telemedicine provider and booking an appointment with them, choosing a mode of transport, or even searching and applying for scholarships.&#x20;

Many different building blocks in each of these categories can drive exponential outcomes **within and across** various sectors.

<figure><img src="/files/EoBhyy5Uxp6RKDv7gfc8" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

...by creating **ecosystems** that combine:&#x20;

1. the right **technology** architecture;&#x20;
2. supplemented by **governance** frameworks that are transparent, accountable, participatory;&#x20;
3. and robust public and private **market** innovation.

<figure><img src="/files/nohoq7Hpg2nhUwI65JGp" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

We've also thought through some [implementation/execution guidance](/the-dpi-wiki/dpi-implementation-and-execution-guidance) that we hope is helpful to translate DPI theory into practice!&#x20;


# DPI Tech Architecture Principles

How do we distinguish regular digitisation efforts from DPI?

<figure><img src="/files/8KEQT31vdLMwyBRJp0aL" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

The five technology architecture principles above illustrate how DPI efforts can be architected to be distinct from traditional digitisation efforts: 1) [interoperability](/the-dpi-wiki/dpi-tech-architecture-principles/interoperability); 2) [minimalist, reusable building blocks](/the-dpi-wiki/dpi-tech-architecture-principles/minimalist-and-reusable-building-blocks); 3) [Diverse, inclusive innovation](/the-dpi-wiki/dpi-tech-architecture-principles/diverse-inclusive-innovation) by the ecosystem; 4) a preference for remaining [federated and decentralised](/the-dpi-wiki/dpi-tech-architecture-principles/federated-and-decentralised-by-design); and 5) [security & privacy](/the-dpi-wiki/dpi-tech-architecture-principles/security-and-privacy-by-design) by design.

When implemented, these technical principles help DPIs achieve societal outcomes such as inclusion, user choice, innovation, scale of delivery, speed of services, public trust, competition in markets, and others as outlined below.

<figure><img src="/files/3KjVzRhte8Ut8Eh3DGhI" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>


# Interoperability

Driven by Open Specifications

## Overview *(What to aim for)*

Accelerate network effects to drive innovation and competition through technological specifications, protocols and standards for various functions that enable interoperability across multiple actors. Prevent silos, fragmentation of networks, monopolisation, and walled gardens by design.

## **Technical Tools&#x20;*****(How to achieve it)***&#x20;

* [ ] Published protocols & standards and specifications for the ecosystem to adopt and comply with.

## **Societal Outcomes&#x20;*****(Why it matters)***

* [ ] Choice of solutions and services for individuals
* [ ] Scale of access and adoption for individuals
* [ ] Competition in markets while remaining interoperable
* [ ] Innovation by market players to drive differentiation of their service


# Minimalist & Reusable Building Blocks

Not full solutions!

## Overview *(What to aim for)*

We cannot predict the future or anticipate every scenario to build a full stack, end-to-end digital solution such as a website, portal, or app that fully meets the needs of a diverse and dynamic population. Unfortunately, a full-solution approach assumes just one solution will fit everyone or just one entity/institution can build for all.

Instead, this principle requires technology architects to **unbundle** problems and solutions into **core, modular, minimalist, and reusable** building blocks with open protocols and specifications to connect them. These building blocks should create **high trust** and **low costs** for other public and private entities when re-used. The ecosystem can then combine these building blocks to create many solutions fit-for-purpose (akin to lego blocks). Minimalism and modularity also allow each building block to be extensible, to build or add on later as future technologies and capabilities evolve.

This ensures simplicity of the DPI, low cost/risk of building, ease of scalability and adoption, higher innovation around the DPI, evolvability to address future use cases, and avoids hard-coding and building of costly, monolithic full-stack solutions.

Maximalism creates complexity, high risk, and low innovation; cannot deal with future advancements; and, most importantly, drives exclusion.

## **Technical Tools&#x20;*****(How to achieve it)***&#x20;

* [ ] Design of minimalist components, protocols and specifications that do NOT form a complete solution, but perform one function well.
* [ ] This means DPI architects should not overspecify data fields, forms of data, modes of use, types of authentication, etc.

## **Societal Outcomes&#x20;*****(Why it matters)***

* [ ] Feasibility & Success of digital intervention
* [ ] Privacy
* [ ] Combinatorial innovation
* [ ] User-centric solutions
* [ ] Financial sustainability (lower cost of the DPI)
* [ ] Evolvability & Extensibility


# Diverse, Inclusive Innovation

by the ecosystem, via open and multi-modal access

## Overview *(What to aim for)*

DPI should not just be innovative in itself, but also enable diverse innovation by public and or private ecosystem of users.

A DPI’s technical architecture should allow others (public and private innovators) to build solutions and services using the DPI at scale (akin to highways or the Internet) via tools such as open APIs (instead of DPI providers building the entire solution in a monolithic fashion).

Enable innovation both by ‘**challenger**’ market players in the ecosystem and by **incumbents**.

**A digital back-end shouldn't presuppose a single digital front-end.** Enable both the core DPI architecture and a diversity of innovative ecosystem-created solutions to power **multi-modal** access: across online, semi-online (low bandwidth connectivity), and offline modes; self-service and assisted modes; and in smartphone, feature phone, and no-phone modes.&#x20;

* For instance, payment systems or identity systems shouldn't presuppose just one mode of authentication (e.g., online API based) and allow for offline or semi-online modes (QR codes, local SDKs that can perform face authentication, etc.).

his is essential to catalyse private innovation that doesn't merely target an elite connected population in a country, but also innovates to solve the challenges of diverse populations who speak multiple languages and have varying levels of digital literacy, thus reducing the impact of a digital divide. The principle also addresses both scale, adaptability and sustainability over time.

Private innovation can be leveraged both in building the DPI (for instance, in driving private partners to enroll individuals into an identity system) and in usage of the DPI in a wider digital economy to offer solutions (for instance, banks or private players using an identity e-KYC to offer a service like opening a bank account).

Public- and private-sector adoption and innovation should be **voluntary** and **demand-based** rather than mandated by authorities. This tends to create sustained usage over time.&#x20;

## **Technical Tools&#x20;*****(How to achieve it)***&#x20;

* [ ] Open Application Programming Interfaces (APIs)
* [ ] Digital signatures (Public Key Infrastructure)
* [ ] Digitally signed QR codes (available offline)
* [ ] Machine readability of documents
* [ ] Reusable Software Development Kits (SDKs)
* [ ] Data and other Standards
* [ ] Multi-modal access

## **Societal Outcomes&#x20;*****(Why it matters)***

* [ ] Inclusion
* [ ] Scale
* [ ] User Choice
* [ ] Resilience
* [ ] User-centric solutions


# Federated & Decentralised by Design

## Overview *(What to aim for)*

Avoid centralisation. Allow for federated databases and systems where possible that are each reusable and accessible by the individual (multiple functional identities, modes of payments, sources of data etc.). This prevents creation of honey pots (cybersecurity risk) and over-aggregation of information into unwieldy large central databases (a privacy risk).

In today’s world, it is perfectly possible to connect various systems via common protocols and standards and still achieve unification without centralisation.

A lot of people think that having a central system with high security is actually better than having multiple decentralised systems that are interconnected. However, this has proven to be false. Simply put, any central system or storage becomes a honeypot that is the repeated target of multiple cyber attacks. Decentralised systems function as lower value targets and strengthened by the best principles and practices of DPI, they become highly secure with very low chances of large scale data leaks or privacy concerns.

## **Technical Tools&#x20;*****(How to achieve it)***&#x20;

* [ ] ”Wrapper” APIs above disparate existing systems rather than new large centralised databases.

## **Societal Outcomes&#x20;*****(Why it matters)***

* [ ] Autonomy of Institutions
* [ ] Cybersecurity
* [ ] Individual Privacy
* [ ] Resilience: avoid overdependence on any one system


# Security & Privacy By Design

### Overview (*What to aim for*)

1. Build an architecture that operates on optimal ignorance: **each system should know as little as possible.**
2. Ensure **high auditability and traceability** via digitally signed data, non repudiable change logs, and authenticated transaction trails - even for agents or employees of the hosting department(s).
3. **Build and leverage participant registries** (individuals, entities, things in future) as independent building blocks to create higher trust and auditability.
4. **Adopt verifiable credentials to increase trust** within the system and also enable information verifiability.
5. **Enable structured, granular, and auditable consent artifacts and frameworks** to enable sharing of personal data across systems.
6. **Multiple factors** of authentication/authorisation&#x20;

### Technical Tools (*How to achieve it*)

* [x] **Tokenisation & Masking:** Tokenisation replaces sensitive data (such as an ID number or address) with non-sensitive equivalents (tokens). Masking hides parts of the data to reduce risk of unauthorized access or unnecessary exposure while maintaining data usability for certain purposes.
* [x] **Granular electronic consent:**  A system where users can give specific, detailed permissions for the conditions of use, sharing, and processing of their personal data, allowing them to control which data is accessed, by whom, and for what purposes, thereby enhancing privacy and compliance with data protection regulations. Preferably, the consent should be logged in machine-readable, digitally signed format to ensure trust.
* [x] **End to end encryption:** A method of data protection where information is encrypted on the sender's end and only decrypted on the recipient's end, ensuring that the data remains secure and unreadable to any intermediaries (including service providers) throughout its entire transmission process.
* [x] **Digital signatures:** Cryptographic mechanisms used to verify the authenticity and integrity of digital messages or documents, ensuring that the content has not been altered/tampered with, and confirming the identity of the sender.
* [x] **Verifiable credentials:** Tamper-proof digital certificates issued by multiple authorities (e.g., for identity, education, income) in machine readable formats that use digitally signed QR codes or soft copies to ensure authenticity without requiring centralized storage, thereby enhancing security and autonomy.

### Societal Outcomes (Why it matters)

* [x] Trusted usage of the DPI by individuals and entities
* [x] Cybersecurity and reduced surface area of cyber attacks


# DPI Implementation & Execution Guidance

21 implementation suggestions to bring digital infrastructure in your country to life

{% hint style="info" %}
Note: to help rapid implementation of DPI blocks in line with best practices for privacy, security and global DPI safeguards, countries can independently reuse [standardised design and implementation artefacts](/initiatives/dpi-as-a-packaged-solution-daas/reusable-daas-artefacts) curated by the international DPI ecosystem.&#x20;
{% endhint %}

1. <mark style="background-color:purple;">**Frame the problem clearly.**</mark> The lack of growth of a specific digital program or solution is not a societal problem. Identify the real and root needs of individuals and businesses and gaps in service delivery to see where DPI can help intervene to create exponential change. &#x20;
2. <mark style="background-color:purple;">**Think through why existing ecosystem players act the way they do**</mark>**.** Mapping current incentives and current costs is crucial to understanding how to create change for the individual. DPI's aim is to change the calculus for ecosystem players who can now offer better services. What will it take to get them to do things differently? What are their real bottlenecks and costs?&#x20;
3. <mark style="background-color:purple;">**Don’t aim for perfection before beginning.**</mark> Universal adoption or aligning all partners on board (especially large incumbents) is almost never possible at first. Start anyway with a ‘coalition of the willing’ as early adopters and build from there - more will come over time. Asynchronous adoption is par for the course. Target some political support eventually, but it's not always possible to get whole-of-government alignment at the start.
4. <mark style="background-color:purple;">**Don’t leave all of the ‘how’ to technology vendors.**</mark> Think through blueprints which include interoperability standards that create boundaries and roles for technology partners where they can excel, rather than outsourcing all of the design thinking to a tech partner. At a standard or blueprint level, tech is conceptually simple and accessible for strategic or policy leaders and doesn't require a Masters in Computer Science to take decisions on!&#x20;
5. <mark style="background-color:purple;">**Small improvements (+1) Thinking to drive adoption**</mark>**.** Rather than launching grand new projects or initiatives, ask what small (+1) changes across systems and ideas that already exist can help convert an existing digital system to a DPI to improve feasibility. For instance, an existing paper certificate can operate as DPI for a digital economy with a digitally signed QR code!&#x20;
6. &#x20;<mark style="background-color:purple;">**Small teams, high ownership.**</mark> Particularly in early phases, DPI execution typically requires small teams that drive actions across an ecosystem, rather than unwieldy large central teams with dispersed ownership.&#x20;
7. &#x20;<mark style="background-color:purple;">**Design for system failures:**</mark> Treat power outages, misaligned incentives, connectivity gaps, and other constraints as not the exception but as expected, and build multi-modal options and safeguards to ensure resilience.&#x20;
8. <mark style="background-color:purple;">**Design architecture for tomorrow, but implement use cases for today based on political will & societal demand.**</mark> For instance, you should architect a payment system that allows for multiple currencies in its root protocol even if cross border is unlikely on day one; or you should allow for multiple modes of authentication in a data sharing ecosystem even if one mode is the default based on current technology.
9. <mark style="background-color:purple;">**Frame adoption arguments from the counterparty institution's or user's point of view, not from the DPI builder point of view.**</mark> Adoption by multiple stakeholders with different institutional positions and interests is essential to DPI. A market player, a regulator, a government department, or may have a different reason to adopt a DPI building block - frame it from their goals and interests or from an individual user's perspectives rather than yours. The value of the DPI to their goals should be explicit and clear in your narrative.
10. <mark style="background-color:purple;">**Parallel rather than consecutive phasing.**</mark> It is tempting to wait for one phase to complete before beginning another. For example, waiting for ID registration to complete before testing authentication, or waiting for registries to be completed before building transactions/ service fulfillment networks in a sector. But if you have minimised the components of DPI to bare essentials, build them out in parallel as much as possible to avoid late surprises.
11. <mark style="background-color:purple;">**Multiple bets for the first DPI block.**</mark> While implementing the first DPI block always **pick more than one, say three potential use cases and three first adopters.** Pursue **all 3 in parallel** for a higher chance of successful implementation.&#x20;
12. <mark style="background-color:purple;">**Test and debug early.**</mark> No digital project is perfect on day one. Your DPI may get to 40-50% coverage based on high quality architecture and design, but will not reach critical mass without consistent bug fixing, catching errors, and continuous improvement. Seek constant market feedback on the usage of the DPI, especially in early stages. Target early sampling, testing APIs in sandboxes, small pilots, and hackathons as well as drive consultations with key players to ensure iterative improvements of the approach and wide adoption at scale.
13. <mark style="background-color:purple;">**Leverage existing digital assets in the country and/or global open source where possible.**</mark> Try to reuse existing digital assets in the country (existing certificates, databases, or systems) to see how small changes could help them operate as digital infrastructure (i.e. be reusable!) in the wider digital economy. If you're building from scratch, the quality and availability of open source in this space has taken a leap in the last few years. Take advantage of it to build faster and cheaper. If you prefer to build in-house or via a vendor, ensure your system reviews and absorbs relevant learnings from available open source models.&#x20;
14. <mark style="background-color:purple;">**Impatient with actions, but patient with results**</mark>**.** Large-scale societal transformations may take time (especially at the start, when the progress seems invisible) before developing enough ‘escape velocity’ to scale. Be patient while staying determined to make the next right step.
15. <mark style="background-color:purple;">**Be prepared to act fast in policy windows**</mark>**.** It is crucial to work consistently on a DPI, build a coalition, and demo/test building blocks even when there is no policy window or political will in sight. Only the prepared can take advantage of an unexpected opportunity, crisis, or other policy window to drive scale-up!&#x20;
16. <mark style="background-color:purple;">**Don't charge on day 1:**</mark> Let adoption scale before adding in an additional cost to the user. It will reduce friction and hesitancies. Let them see the benefits of the DPI before so that they are willing to pay for that convenience.&#x20;
17. <mark style="background-color:purple;">**Establish a volunteer policy**</mark>**:** Many public-minded people will want to help in whatever capacity they can!&#x20;
18. <mark style="background-color:purple;">**Early market feedback and co-creation**</mark><mark style="background-color:purple;">:</mark> Organise hackathons, consultations, etc. to gain feedback from the start. Build with the market even as you build for the market.&#x20;
19. <mark style="background-color:purple;">**Don't underestimate governance:**</mark> Remember, the best tech has to be supported by strong governance frameworks from the start to nurture market innovation and private competition in the right spirit.&#x20;
20. <mark style="background-color:purple;">**Minimise your role**</mark><mark style="background-color:purple;">:</mark> DPI is built through humbleness! Focus on doing one thing and do it well. Always frame the other departments / people's contribution as more important to make them feel like a part of it and join you on the journey.&#x20;
21. <mark style="background-color:purple;">**Expect a rocky road:**</mark> Work with challengers, and wait for incumbents. As long as you stick to it, you will get there in the end!&#x20;


# DPG and DPI

Are DPGs and DPI the same thing? Are DPGs necessary to build DPI? Read on to know more!

Digital Public Goods (DPG) and Digital Public Infrastructure (DPI) are two distinct yet complementary concepts.

As described in the [UN Secretary General’s Roadmap for Digital Cooperation](https://www.un.org/en/content/digital-cooperation-roadmap/assets/pdf/Roadmap_for_Digital_Cooperation_EN.pdf), digital public goods are:

<figure><img src="/files/SRFdlO1angJEHM9hjxzW" alt=""><figcaption><p>For more information on DPGs, please visit <a href="https://digitalpublicgoods.net/standard/">https://digitalpublicgoods.net/standard/</a></p></figcaption></figure>

However, not all Digital Public Goods can be used as building blocks for DPI.&#x20;

DPI can be built through open-source or private solutions, as long as they adhere to open specifications, generate network effects, and trigger both public and private innovation.&#x20;

<figure><img src="/files/mTtzR0T9CBCDzkEYknxw" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

DPGs having their own lifecycle and governance means that DPGs are set up by independent institutions that can predate or outlast country-specific DPI. They have their own governing bodies and mechanisms to update their infrastructure outside the country’s context. &#x20;

A stack of DPGs that are interoperable and scalable can come together to build a DPI infrastructure in countries, such as through [G2P Connect](https://g2pconnect.cdpi.dev/) for social benefit programs.

Using open-source components can help ensure that best practices are incorporated, rapid deployment and scale are achieved, dependency or lock-ins are avoided, and minimum efforts can unlock maximum gains. OpenG2P, OpenSPP, or CoreMIS for government benefits or MOSIP for identity projects are examples of DPGs used to help build DPI infrastructure in countries.

However, DPI can also be built without DPGs or any Open Source components, although it may require more time, money, and expertise. Governments can choose to build their own DPI from scratch by using proprietary software, and private vendors, as long as they follow the principles of minimalism, interoperability driven by shared specifications, federation, inclusion, privacy, and security.

Even if a country is using proprietary software, it should still use open specifications. For example, regardless of the software used, it would incorporate ISO standards for payments or G2P connect specifications for G2P service delivery to ensure interoperability or choice for users, and avoid vendor lock-in for institutions.&#x20;

At CDPI, we respect the autonomy of countries to choose whichever path (open source, private, hybrid) that suits their unique needs, and work with countries that opt for any path.

Our suggestion is that even if a country wants to build their own infrastructure from scratch, please always review the open source components available, and ask the private TSPs to ensure that all best-practice features available in open-source are incorporated into the private systems built. Open source is a useful benchmark, even if not used directly. This ensures that country designers get the best of both worlds, and keep up with the latest developments in the community.&#x20;

For suggestions on which open specifications and open source you can reuse to build different DPI, please [see here](/references/home).&#x20;

<br>


# What DPI can I build?

Ideas to drive exponential socio-economic growth in your country based on your role

### What DPI can I build if I am a ...&#x20;

\ <mark style="background-color:blue;">**Central Bank or Financial Regulator:**</mark>&#x20;

1. Develop an eKYC policy to encourage use of digitally signed credentials under boundary conditions
2. Publish a modern Interoperable [QR Code](https://docs.cdpi.dev/technical-notes/digital-payment-networks/interoperable-qr-code) Standard for mobile payments
3. Upgrade to a modern and programmable payment protocol (P2P/P2M) allowing fintech to innovate on UX while keeping money flow with financial institutions&#x20;
4. Craft an [Open Finance](https://docs.cdpi.dev/technical-notes/data-and-credentialing-infra) regulatory framework for [data sharing](https://sahamati.org.in/what-is-account-aggregator/), including publishing technical specifications for financial data sharing across sectors

<mark style="background-color:blue;">**Department with an ID**</mark> <mark style="background-color:blue;"></mark><mark style="background-color:blue;">(National ID, tax ID, drivers license, birth certificate, etc):</mark>&#x20;

1. Drive coverage of your [Digital ID](https://docs.cdpi.dev/technical-notes/digital-ids-and-electronic-registries/digital-id), using private enrollment partners, fewer fields, etc.
2. Add [Capabilities on your ID](https://docs.cdpi.dev/technical-notes/digital-ids-and-electronic-registries/digital-id/capabilities-on-id-system) to help it operate as a DPI in your society:

a. **eKYC:** Share key profile data fields with ecosystem players via verifiable credentials or eKYC APIs

b. **eAuth:** Add electronic authentication&#x20;

c. **eSign:** Allow people holding your ID to remotely & paperlessly sign any document&#x20;

d. **Single Sign On:** Allow people holding your ID to sign in to any other public/ private system (akin to ‘sign in with Google’)

<mark style="background-color:blue;">**A Payment Switch Operator:**</mark>

1. Publish a modern Interoperable [QR Code](https://docs.cdpi.dev/technical-notes/digital-payment-networks/interoperable-qr-code) Standard for mobile payments
2. Upgrade to a modern evolvable programmable payment protocol for all kinds of payments (P2P/P2M; G2P, retail). This protocol should allow for innovation in use cases as well (recurring payments, vouchers, credit etc.)
3. Add an [ID to Account mapper](https://g2pconnect.cdpi.dev/protocol/interfaces/beneficiary-management/mapper-architecture) - a 4-field registry to allow government benefits across departments to be sent to any kind of account (mobile money, bank account, etc.)

<mark style="background-color:blue;">**Social Protection Benefit Program Manager:**</mark>

1. Use [face authentication](https://docs.cdpi.dev/technical-notes/digital-ids-and-electronic-registries/digital-id/face-authentication) or other existing ID authentication to ease onboarding and registration
2. Add an [ID to Account mapper](https://g2pconnect.cdpi.dev/protocol/interfaces/beneficiary-management/mapper-architecture) - a 4-field registry to allow gov’t benefits across departments to be sent to any kind of account (mobile money, bank account, etc.)
3. Leverage existing or encourage creation of [registries](https://g2pconnect.cdpi.dev/protocol/interfaces/registries) to check eligibility criteria automatically&#x20;
4. Craft each block of your G2P ecosystem per open [specifications](https://g2pconnect.cdpi.dev/g2p-connect/readme) to create a plug and play G2P architecture and vendor flexibility

<mark style="background-color:blue;">**IT Authority/Digital Economy Ministry:**</mark>

1. Create an optional issuance module of [Verifiable credentials](https://docs.cdpi.dev/technical-notes/data-and-credentialing-infra/verifiable-credentials) (eLockers) to encourage other departments (state, local, central) to issue their certificates as credentials (the decision to convert paper-based docs into verifiable credentials remains with individual departments)&#x20;
2. Encourage [eAuth/eKYC/eSign capabilities](https://docs.cdpi.dev/technical-notes/digital-ids-and-electronic-registries/digital-id/capabilities-on-id-system) for service delivery on existing functional IDs
3. Publish an open API policy to encourage individual departments’ API publication for various services (like tax filing, beneficiary enrollment, etc.) openly available. This can be integrated into the workflows of other applications for maximum utilization
4. Open API for Govt Services: Encourage government departments to move from single-window portals to open up their APIs to enhanced user experience and service delivery
5. Publish electronic standard for [consent](https://docs.cdpi.dev/technical-notes/electronic-signature-pki-and-trust-infra/econsent) to share data (to be used across domains)

<mark style="background-color:blue;">**Finance Ministry:**</mark>&#x20;

1. Create an [Open Banking](https://docs.cdpi.dev/technical-notes/data-and-credentialing-infra) ([data sharing](https://sahamati.org.in/what-is-account-aggregator/) + payments) framework to allow individuals to share their data to get access to services (without systemic risks)
2. Encourage government departments to use an [ID to Account mapper](https://g2pconnect.cdpi.dev/protocol/interfaces/beneficiary-management/mapper-architecture) for disbursal of government benefits

<mark style="background-color:blue;">**Commerce/Digital Economy Ministry:**</mark>

1. Commerce: [Open discovery and fulfilment of services](https://docs.cdpi.dev/technical-notes/discovery-and-fulfillment-networks) to increase overall accessibility in sectors like digital commerce, mobility, logistics, and manufacturing. Allows any party to use any app to discover and avail any service available on any platform

<mark style="background-color:blue;">**Tax Authority:**</mark>&#x20;

1. Open up APIs for tax filing to third parties to reduce failure rates and increase compliance.
2. Convert tax payment certificates to a [verifiable credential](https://docs.cdpi.dev/technical-notes/data-and-credentialing-infra/verifiable-credentials) (machine-readable & digitally signed) by adding a QR code

[<mark style="background-color:blue;">**Health Ministry/Authority (click here):**</mark>](https://cdpi.gitbook.io/dpi-for-healthcare/)

1. Registries (Professionals, Facilities, Drugs): Allow access to verified, machine-readable, digitally signed data to any public or private innovator.&#x20;
2. Virtual Health Address: Linking health records and identifying an individual in the healthcare ecosystem
3. Open claims network: Publish a specification for a machine-readable insurance claim to power fast, efficient, and automatic claims processing to reduce out-of-pocket expenditure
4. Open Health Network: Use an open networks protocol that allows anyone to discover any service on any platform using any app with telemedicine as the anchor use-case  (also supports e-pharmacy, ambulance discovery, appointment booking etc.)

<mark style="background-color:blue;">**Supreme Court/Justice Department**</mark>

1. Open discovery of lawyers and associated services (hospitals, police stations, therapists, trauma care providers)&#x20;
2. Open APIs for assisted case filing and online tracking of cases&#x20;
3. Anonymised access to legal counsel through interoperable apps and tele-law

[<mark style="background-color:blue;">**Agriculture Ministry (click here)**</mark>](/initiatives/agri-connect-forthcoming) &#x20;

1. Registries&#x20;
2. Open networks for discovery and fulfillment (of produces, idle capacity like machinery, land, energy sources)

<mark style="background-color:blue;">**Private Bank/ Public sector banks:**</mark>

1. Use the open banking framework to gauge the creditworthiness of an individual/establishment based on previous financial history and future cash flows

<mark style="background-color:blue;">**Private Hospital:**</mark>&#x20;

1. [Verifiable credentials](https://docs.cdpi.dev/technical-notes/data-and-credentialing-infra/verifiable-credentials): Give user data back to patients in the form of machine-readable (phase 1), digitally signed, verifiable (phase 2) records to allow for portability and reuse of data

<mark style="background-color:blue;">**Private Employer:**</mark>

1. [Verifiable credentials](https://docs.cdpi.dev/technical-notes/data-and-credentialing-infra/verifiable-credentials): Issue salary slips and employment reports as machine-readable, digitally signed, verifiable records to allow for the reuse of data
2. Can integrate with ID Account Mapper to seamlessly process employee payrolls

<mark style="background-color:blue;">**If you are an individual:**</mark>&#x20;

1. You can contribute to open-source projects that builds DPI globally&#x20;
2. To work on DPI tech and policy in India please reach out to CDPI for ongoing work in finance, justice, energy, agriculture, healthcare, and beyond.

   &#x20;

<figure><img src="/files/56yohfRH7RXuqXZsVKRD" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

<figure><img src="/files/ZgRnPYkOa9hJJmpR92RK" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>


# First use case for DPI

How should a country choose a killer use-case to get exponential scale up for a DPI building block?

If you’ve chosen which DPI block you would want to build, congratulations! The first step is done. Now, the second important question is, which use case do you want to pilot that DPI in?&#x20;

For example, if you have decided to build verifiable credentials, your first use case can be making verifiable credentials for school certificates, or farmer certificates or driving licences and so on. For G2P mapper, this would mean choosing which social benefit program do you want to pilot with: pensions or gas subsidies or scholarships? For an AI assistant, this could mean choosing which sector you would want to simplify first: is it access to justice, or agricultural extension services for farmers, or health scheme and insurance information?&#x20;

And in case you are wondering if the first use case really matters, the answer is a resounding yes! Through the first case, you will be able to establish proof of concept and proof of success of the DPI approach in your country for that block as a whole. It is a critical move that will align different stakeholders as well as individuals of the country at large with the new DPI method of doing things. Uber launched in most emerging economies with Mercedes cars; the first impression matters and should build immediate traction to solve a pain point.&#x20;

Below are three simple questions that you can answer to lead you to choosing a powerful first use case for your DPI block.

Which use-case is…

1. <mark style="background-color:orange;">Regularly used by individuals as a ‘toothbrush’ use? Or addressing a big-enough pain point?</mark>

For example, do people regularly need to show their income certificates to get access to various programs and there is no way to verify them? Is the pension scheme a large enough program through which money is transferred every month but there is no way to map the accounts it is going to? If this is true, then it is a good first use-case! On the other hand, converting school certificates into verifiable credentials (that someone may hardly use in their lives) is not necessarily a powerful first step. Try to select a use-case that addresses the daily needs of the common man. This way there will be a big enough pain point that people are willing to try something new in order to find an easier way to navigate that situation, and the willingness to adopt the DPI will be higher.&#x20;

2. <mark style="background-color:orange;">Covering large amounts of the population?</mark>&#x20;

It is ideal if the use-case has a large enough coverage in the country so that it can create meaningful impact right from the start. For example, turning vaccine certificates into a verifiable credential is something that affects everyone in the country, as does receiving subsidies for food or gas. The larger the coverage of the pain point, the faster will be the voluntary adoption of the DPI. If a very niche sector is chosen as the first use-case it will be difficult to apply it cross-sectorally or use it as proof of success for a larger population.

3. <mark style="background-color:orange;">Aligned with their line ministry on the DPI approach?</mark>&#x20;

The last important point to consider is whether the line ministry in charge of that use case is also aligned to the DPI approach or can be efficiently brought on board. For example, for verifying land records, is the home ministry alright with sharing the land record database? For routing G2P for educational scholarships, is the education ministry alright with sharing student records? Knowing you have the agency over or approval of the line ministry required to execute the DPI block for this use-case means that you now have a winning formula in your hand!&#x20;

<mark style="background-color:purple;">Note: The first use-case is different from first adopter!</mark>&#x20;

For example, the first DPI block can be data sharing, the first use case for data sharing may be bank certificates, and the first adopter of the DPI use case may be a digital lender who uses it to approve a small ticket loan!&#x20;

Similarly, the DPI block can be Open Discovery, the first use case for open discovery can be mobility, and the first adopter can be a ride sharing startup who wants to integrate it into his platform.&#x20;

A powerful combination of these three factors (first DPI block, use-case and adopter) is the winning formula to help ensure your DPI is successful.

> While implementing the first DPI block, it's always advised to **pick three potential use cases and three first adopters** to pursue in parallel for a higher chance of successful implementation :medal:

Happy building!&#x20;

<br>


# Inputs for designing a DPI informed digital transformation strategy

1 minute read: +1s to transform your digital strategy into a DPI strategy

<table data-header-hidden data-full-width="true"><thead><tr><th width="142"></th><th width="121"></th><th width="117"></th><th width="144"></th><th></th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td><strong>Existing Infrastructure</strong></td><td><strong>+1, Light touch intervention</strong></td><td><strong>Transforms into a DPI</strong></td><td><strong>Value Unlocked for Individuals and Institutions</strong> </td><td><strong>General Recommendation</strong></td></tr><tr><td>ID: Physical ID Card </td><td>Add a digitally signed QR code</td><td>Now capable of supporting eAuth, eKYC, and single-sign on </td><td>Private and public institutions are now able to verify the legitimacy of the card with high trust and low cost</td><td>Allow for multiple IDs that can be digitally verified for different types of proof (such as individual ID, business ID, tax ID etc) instead of trying to build one ID that would hold all that data </td></tr><tr><td>Payments: Individual wallet applications</td><td>Set out a common spec for QR codes </td><td>Makes all the wallets interoperable </td><td>Digital payments can now be made from any store of value to any store of value in secure formats </td><td>Keep the actual movement of money with the banks, with the fintechs only creating the user experience layer</td></tr><tr><td>Data Sharing: Any Paper-Based Certificate </td><td>Add a digitally signed QR code</td><td>Makes the paper-based document into a digitally verifiable credential</td><td>Private and public institutions are now able to verify the legitimacy of the document with high trust and low cost</td><td>Allows for synchronous and asynchronous data-sharing mechanisms for public and private data with regulatory oversight</td></tr><tr><td>General: Social Benefit Scheme </td><td>Include a G2P mapper to help route money </td><td>Now allows sending money to any ID number</td><td>Allows for choice in destination bank account and prevents leakages due to misrepresentation</td><td><p>Introduce the design of digital signatures and PKIs for future DPI builds</p><p></p><p>Include an Open API policy to allow any department to leverage third-party interfaces to deliver better user experiences </p><p></p><p>Publish a volunteer policy to leverage the capabilities of skilled individuals to close capacity gaps  </p></td></tr></tbody></table>

Countries all around the world understand the need to digitise their economies. The arguments for speed, efficiency, access to remote areas, and enhanced transparency are well-documented. As the penetration of data, mobile devices and internet connectivity increase, digitisation has rapidly evolved from being a ‘good-to-have’ feature to a ‘must-have’ necessity, in order to keep up with the developing world.

As a result, many governments are drafting digital economy or digital transformation strategies to keep pace with this evolution. However, concerns around privacy, security and inclusive access still remain, with many countries in the Global South facing a higher risk of systemic exclusion of their last mile populations in case a whole-of-government digital transformation effort is undertaken. Fears of loss of privacy and security through misuse, mismanagement or leakages of data are being voiced by countries across the globe, placing governments at the center of a precarious situation. Should they digitise (investing heavily in the process) and risk the aforementioned outcomes, or should they continue to operate as per current norms and risk the opportunity cost of non-digitisation?

Thankfully, as many countries such as India, Singapore, Brazil and others have shown, the balance between an individual’s privacy and institutional digitisation can be achieved through well-designed Digital Public Infrastructure (DPI) approaches that also guarantee access and inclusion for last-mile populations. The principles of DPI include:

1. **Interoperability** - ensuring the same rails can be accessed in a variety of ways and are not built in silos, such as by setting out a QR code specification that can allow for seamless digital payments from any store of value to any store of value
2. **Minimalism** - focusing on light-touch interventions with high impact, such as by designing an ID project that contains only 4 basic data fields similar to Aadhaar in India, and doesn’t try to capture ‘as much data as possible’ which would make the infrastructure bulky and unsustainable
3. **Inclusive innovation** - allowing for private market players to build on top of the DPI in a regulated ecosystem. This will allow for diversity and quality in user experience such as accessing the same payment rails through a smartphone, feature phone, assisted modes etc.
4. **Federation** - the key to secure systems is through federation and not centralisation of data, such as by introducing an Open API policy that can allow for async and synchronous data sharing without needing to store it in one place&#x20;
5. **Security and Privacy** - keeping individuals at the center of systems and ensuring that systems can proceed only upon receiving explicit revocable granular consent by the individuals

The expansion from a digitisation strategy to a DPI strategy consists of light-touch +1 steps that can be in-built into any pre-existing or newly built digital transformation blueprint. The main purpose of DPI is to ensure that:

1. The government can work towards **asynchronous quick wins leveraging existing infrastructure** with minimal cost / time / effort investments that unlock rapid benefits for individuals
2. All individuals (irrespective of diversity in financial, social, educational or accessibility backgrounds) can **equitably access the digital rails** built through their existing capabilities
3. **Private market participation is incentivised** to allow innovation over the government sanctioned DPI rails to simultaneously support overall economic growth and prosperity

These outcomes can be easily achieved through any well-designed DPI. Three tips to help convert a digitisation strategy into a DPI strategy are:\
&#x20;

1. <mark style="background-color:purple;">**Focus on quick-wins alongside the larger digital transformation strategy**</mark>: Often, the digital transformation strategy is a robust document requiring institutional establishment, policy changes, procurements, mandates, teams and more. This is a necessary though time consuming process. In parallel to this, the government could focus on executing smaller DPI pilots (such as verifiable credentials) that do not require new policy mandates, multi-department alignment or large procurement cycles. This will help demonstrate proof of success of the digital transformation mission by delivering benefits to individuals in the country and receive institutional support for the larger mission as well, once everyone has had a chance to see results on the ground. <br>
2. <mark style="background-color:purple;">**Asynchronous adoption, instead of multi-department coordination, through proof of value:**</mark> Sometimes a significant blocker faced by countries during executing a digital transformation strategy is resistance from various government departments to align and coordinate on a single approach. This can usually be difficult to resolve. It can be powerful to start rolling out DPI with the first-mover departments who have forward-looking individuals that are aligned with the approach and larger mission. Focusing on the DPI blocks that align with the mandates and budgets of those departments can help speed up the process of approvals and execution. Once a pilot or building block is live, other departments and institutions should be free to asynchronously join the rails as and when they see the proof of value it is offering the first-mover and its beneficiaries. One example would be to roll-out a government to person payment rails (through a G2P mapper) for the social benefit delivery that is aligned with the DPI approach as perhaps the agricultural ministry for subsidies to farmers for fertilizers. When the G2P rails are able to bring significant reduction in the amount of leakages, thus saving the overall department budget, other ministries or programs such as perhaps the food subsidy program would also want to join the rails and so forth. Asynchronous adoption may seem more time consuming at the start, but it actually helps speed up the process of execution, and results in more sustainable and scalable infrastructure models. <br>
3. <mark style="background-color:purple;">**Build on existing infrastructure as far as possible and not from scratch:**</mark> It may seem that to build something in line with DPI principles of privacy and security, federation, inclusion or innovation, one has to build the infrastructure from scratch since current systems may not cater to some or all of the aforementioned principles. However, this is usually not the case. DPI by nature consists of minimalist, light-touch interventions that can rapidly increase inclusion and innovation at scale. It typically never advocates for long-procurement cycles or overhauling whole-of-government systems. It is more economical or effective to simply add a feature to existing systems to trigger inclusive scale. For example, if there is a physical ID card with 30% coverage of population, simply adding a digitally signed QR code to it would make it possible to include features like e-authentication, eKYC, or single-sign on as well. These three value-added features would immediately deliver value to individuals and institutions and increase the voluntary adoption of the national ID card.

**Countries should avoid blind duplication of another country’s efforts.** While it is always useful and important to understand the best principles other countries have adopted while designing their own infrastructure, and even having conversations with them to learn from their mistakes, all this knowledge must be adapted to each country’s unique socio-economic-political context before deployment. Another country’s hosting choices (both technical and institutional) might not show the same results when deployed in another country without proper contextualisation.

The balance between the elements which can be standardised (and must be, in order to save time, cost, effort and adopt global practices) and the surrounding program architecture that must be contextualised (to show success in the deploying country) must be achieved. One method of achieving this balance is through the [DaaS Program](https://docs.cdpi.dev/initiatives/dpi-as-a-packaged-solution-daas) that productises and packages the standardised elements while allowing for consultations with CDPI (and other advisory partners) to adapt those elements to solve unique societal scale challenges.

In fact, all these +1 steps can be live in as little as 90 days through the[ DaaS Program](/initiatives/dpi-as-a-packaged-solution-daas/daas-in-a-nutshell) though they can also be built independently. The Centre for DPI stands ready to help advise on converting any digitisation blueprint into a sustainable, scalable, inclusive DPI strategy.&#x20;


# How much does it cost to build DPI?

DPI does not have to be expensive to build!

> It is famously said,
>
> "Building DPI requires deep conviction and not deep pockets."

<mark style="background-color:orange;">Some DPI cost the taxpayer almost nothing!</mark>

When people talk about 'Digital Public Infrastructure', they typically imagine large-scale national ID projects or digital payment networks. While these both are critical aspects of DPI, they are not the only options. Many of DPI blocks in fact are small “+1” components that can be added on to existing infrastructure in the country to convert them into high-functioning population scale resources. DPI can also be updated to existing standards and protocols that allow the market to function more effectively and inclusively.

If a country adopts a [standard](https://docs.cdpi.dev/references/home) and orchestrates its adoption by the ecosystem, it can drive an interoperable open network for various capabilities such as - for **data sharing** (for credential issuance schema, or for registry access APIs, or for consented personal data sharing); or for **discovery and fulfilment** (publication of open APIs for government services including filing taxes; open standards for discovery of any good or service (such as [BeckN](https://becknprotocol.io/)); or **payments** (publishing interoperable QR standard for market to follow; cash in cash out standard for interoperable cash withdrawal). Once the new standard is agreed upon, then the team in charge just has to review the existing standards and publish a paper outlining the update.

This is a **3-4 week process with little additional technical implementation cost for the government.**&#x20;

Other digital public Infrastructure can be brought to life in a country in two ways:

1. <mark style="background-color:orange;">Greenfield DPI implementations:</mark> when the entire infrastructure is built from scratch through a fresh private procurement route
2. <mark style="background-color:orange;">Rapid DPI upgrades:</mark> when existing infrastructure is enhanced with +1 blocks to convert them into powerful DPI. For example, converting an existing physical or digital ID or document into a digitally verifiable identity by including a digitally signed QR code on it, or converting a large database into a registry by opening up its APIs for others to use.

The costs associated with both these approaches can vary significantly

1. <mark style="background-color:purple;">Greenfield systems from scratch</mark>

The cost of building a national ID enrollment or registration and database management infrastructure, for example, under the first approach would be a multi-million dollar investment plus some fixed costs of maintaining the system.

Similarly, the startup cost to build a P2P / P2M payment system from scratch would typically be less than 7 million (plus maintenance costs annually), requiring investments from a consortium of banks if a payment switch operator is driving it (or by the central bank if they choose to operate it themselves). These costs typically have an extremely high RoI as mature payments systems move billions of dollars in commerce monthly/annually.

<mark style="background-color:purple;">2.  Rapid Upgrades to existing Digital Assets</mark>

Yet most countries aren’t starting from scratch. Improvements to existing fast payments rails to support payments systems to operate as DPI (e.g. by inserting a QR code specification to make existing wallets and payment providers interoperable; upgrading the API specifications to allow third party app payment initiation; introducing a standard mode of authentication for third party apps to complete payments; creating multi-party dispute resolution via open APIs; etc.) **could cost only a few hundred thousand dollars for the entire project** (including tech and program costs) depending on the design and other variables.

Countries often already have some type of physical or digital infrastructure in place and hence fall under the second category for most DPI implementations.

Based on our costing model, “Conversion” DPI building blocks such as verifiable credentials (data sharing), ID auth / eSign / eKYC (layers on top of ID), G2P mapper (payments / social benefit delivery) would **typically require around $750k +/- 15%** (depending on the country context) over six months to roll out a high value and reusable DPI at scale when built on existing systems.

Extending or deepening the implementation to add additional use cases over a 12 month period (illustrating the multi-domain impact of DPI) **could cost around $1.3 Million (+/- 15%)** in total. The costs of augmenting national P2P/P2M payment systems varies more based on the scope/capabilities of the existing system.

In case countries wish to build these blocks to demonstrate quick wins with powerful last mile benefits, they could also consider the [DaaS Program](https://docs.cdpi.dev/initiatives/dpi-as-a-packaged-solution-daas) and receive support from private philanthropic sources and open source DPI packages necessary to roll-out these capabilities. <br>

{% hint style="info" %}
To view an indicative costing model that reflects the typical price ranges of a minimalist DPI execution by leveraging an open source product, irrespective of geography, please visit the [standardised artefacts page](/initiatives/dpi-as-a-packaged-solution-daas/reusable-daas-artefacts). The model also outlines standard team structures based on the technology and program requirements that can support DPI execution. The costs represent extensive consultations with multiple international and local private vendors and open source products across the world, on a range of DPI blocks, based on their prior experience executing similar infrastructures in other countries.&#x20;
{% endhint %}


# Is my system a DPI?

There is a flurry of activity in the DPI ecosystem: governments are building DPI from scratch, open-source projects and Digital Public Goods (DPGs) are developing DPI solutions, funders are supporting DPI implementations, and private vendors are marketing their DPI projects.

However, **not everything labeled as DPI truly functions as such**. How can you quickly identify whether a system or solution is a genuine DPI architecture?

Before diving in, let's recap a few key points:

* Open source does not automatically mean DPI, nor do DPI implementations need to rely solely on open-source solutions.
* DPI implementations must use open APIs, open standards, and open specifications to achieve interoperability and reusability.&#x20;
* All DPI implementations are designed to be reusable by third-party public and private institutions, and not just beneficial to the implementing institution.
* Every DPI implementation must adhere to and internalise five key  [technical design](https://docs.cdpi.dev/the-dpi-wikipedia/dpi-tech-architecture-principles) principles.

<figure><img src="/files/LmOquJOZdnmDR3OM9J7c" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

*Note:  Whether or not something is a DPI should not be thought of as a yes/no checklist criteria; rather, a digital asset can grow in its maturity as a DPI for the ecosystem depending on the value addition and innovation potential it provides at affordable costs for both public and private use cases.*&#x20;

*That said, below are some key technical features that can help move certain key digital systems or assets further in maturity along the journey to becoming robust digital public infrastructure for the ecosystem.*&#x20;

1. [<mark style="background-color:purple;">**Digital ID System**</mark>](https://docs.cdpi.dev/technical-notes/digital-ids-and-electronic-registries/digital-id)<mark style="background-color:purple;">**:**</mark>

* For a DigitalID system to function as DPI, it should have an [**ID authentication layer**](https://docs.cdpi.dev/technical-notes/digital-ids-and-electronic-registries/digital-id/id-auth). This means the system should be able to process requests and **return yes/no answers for verification requests**.&#x20;
* For inclusion, implementation can also support **multiple authentication modes** (known as multi-modal authentication) for further inclusivity. For example, **online** (auth API, email one time password), **2G-connected** (mobile one time password) and **offline** (verifiable QR on paper) modes, multiple modes for **biometric authentication** such as fingerprint matching, face matching, iris matching, etc.&#x20;

Additionally, more mature ID systems should enable the following capabilities:

* [**eKYC**](https://docs.cdpi.dev/technical-notes/digital-ids-and-electronic-registries/digital-id/ekyc-identity-profile-sharing) (**API-based profile data sharing** based on a successful authentication for ease of onto external public or private services)&#x20;
* [**Single Sign-On**](https://docs.cdpi.dev/technical-notes/digital-ids-and-electronic-registries/digital-id/single-sign-on-sso) (enabling login to other public or private goods and services with the ID)
* [**e-signing**](https://docs.cdpi.dev/technical-notes/electronic-signature-pki-and-trust-infra/esign) (replacing a wet signature with an ID-enabled electronic signature), which all help trigger a high-trust digital economy)

2. <mark style="background-color:purple;">**Registries Containing Personal Data:**</mark>

Registries are one of the most common digitisation implementations, often understood as simple databases.

A registry implementation can be considered a DPI if it stores **data**&#x20;

* in a **machine-readable,**
* &#x20;**digitally signed format**&#x20;
* that external parties, **both public and private**, **can access**&#x20;

a. The first and simplest way to enable data sharing using registries is to generate [verifiable credentials](https://docs.cdpi.dev/technical-notes/data-and-credentialing-infra/verifiable-credentials) for the holder as a natural exhaust for the stored data.

b. Registries operating as mature DPI can also enable **access system-to-system directly via open APIs.** These open API standards can come from self-defined national standards or derived from well-accepted open specifications like the [G2P Connect/ DCI](https://g2pconnect.cdpi.dev/protocol/interfaces/registries) APIs.

3. <mark style="background-color:purple;">**Digital Payments Infrastructure:**</mark>

*a.* [*Peer-to-Peer/Person-to-Merchant (P2P/P2M) Payments*](https://docs.cdpi.dev/technical-notes/digital-payment-networks)

Often, instant bank-to-bank payment systems are packaged as DPI implementations. However, for a P2P/P2M payments infrastructure to truly operate as DPI, it should be

**Inclusive:** The infrastructure should have scaled to usage by the **majority of the population** without significant cost or technology barriers&#x20;

**Interoperable:** To operate as a mature DPI, a payment rail should support the movement of money across:

* Any account used for payment (bank, wallet, mobile money, credit lines)
* Any app used to pay (bank, wallet, mobile money, fintech)
* Any device or channel (feature phones, PoS machines, smartphones, QR stickers; online/offline, dynamic QR)
* Any recipient of payment (P2P, P2M, P2G, G2P, etc.)

This represents the ideal (though evolving) state of mature payments DPI. Countries do not need to build all of this on day one though - they can add capabilities as they build, but the initial architecture should be **future-proof, programmable, and easily extensible** allowing ease of addition of new features.

*b.* [*G2P Payments* ](https://g2pconnect.cdpi.dev/)

Government-to-Person (G2P) benefits is a complex ecosystem with many modules, including scheme management, beneficiary management, disbursement systems, settlement systems, and last-mile cash-in/cash-out systems, all spread across various departments.&#x20;

{% hint style="info" %}
The presence of a digitised G2P infrastructure <mark style="color:red;">**does not**</mark> automatically imply a DPI implementation. Some modules, such as beneficiary scheme management, are simply digital solutions.
{% endhint %}

G2P systems can operate as DPI by **utilizing reusable infrastructure, such as** [**registries**](https://g2pconnect.cdpi.dev/protocol/interfaces/registries)**, an** [**ID-Account mapper**](https://g2pconnect.cdpi.dev/protocol/interfaces/beneficiary-management/mapper-architecture)**, and** [**cash-in/cash-out standards**](https://docs.cdpi.dev/technical-notes/digital-payment-networks/cash-in-cash-out-cico)**.**

* Collected **beneficiary data** can be **converted into a registry for reuse** by other departments (see #2 on registries).
* An **ID-Account mapper** (a four-field registry mapping a verifiable ID or phone number to an account number) can be used to **route payments without repetition.**&#x20;

4. <mark style="background-color:purple;">**Data sharing infrastructure - Personal :**</mark>

a. User-centric [Verifiable Credentials](https://docs.cdpi.dev/technical-notes/data-and-credentialing-infra/verifiable-credentials)

Digitally issuing PDF certificates in a dedicated app or platform is not considered a DPI approach on its own. Credentials operate as DPI when they are **digitally signed, machine-readable, and can be shared with and verified by anyone.** Adding a signed QR to a PDF certificate is a quick and simple way to convert a digital certificate to a DPI. For more mature data-sharing DPI, the API standards for sharing credentials and the schema for defining the content should be harmonised at a national level.

b. System-to-System Real-time Data Sharing Networks

A centralised data warehouse or repository of personal data is not typically considered a DPI (unless crafted as a Registry above). The DPI approach involves creating **federated, open data-sharing networks where any data consumer or provider can plug in to receive or share data** as per the network's rules. It is highly recommended to collect user consent as part of this flow. Open API standards (for data sharing) and schema will need to be defined at a sector/ national level.

5. <mark style="background-color:purple;">**Data Sharing Infrastructure -**</mark> [<mark style="background-color:purple;">**Anonymised Data:**</mark>](/technical-notes/data-and-credentialing-infra/non-personal-anonymised-datasets)

Uploading PDFs or Excel files in bulk for public consumption is not usually considered DPI, because of its low reusability potential. Anonymised aggregated data should be made available to third parties in a **machine-consumable format with APIs for access.** Permissions and licensing terms can be set on these data sets.

6. <mark style="background-color:purple;">**Unifying Government Services :**</mark>

Many governments use an Enterprise Services Bus (ESB) solution to unify the various services provided by the government into a single-window application or portal. While this architecture is useful, it is also very complex, difficult to maintain and scale, and requires interdepartmental consensus.

The DPI approach would be if each department would **open its APIs for a service and publish them for third parties to consume and integrate into their workflows**. The Department of ICT, for example, could compile all these open APIs and make them easily accessible for integration.

Alternatively, existing government services buses could collectively open up APIs for all the services they have aggregated.

*Note: This article only discusses technical metrics; Good, participatory governance and inclusive market innovations are equally crucial for a DPI implementation.*

<br>


# TL; DR - Is my system a DPI?

A crisp, easy to consume summary of the previous article

*Note: Whether or not something is a DPI should not be thought of as a yes/no checklist criteria; rather, a digital asset can grow in its maturity as a DPI for the ecosystem depending on the value addition and innovation potential it provides at affordable costs for both public and private use cases.*

*That said, below are some key technical features\* that can help move certain key digital systems or assets further in maturity along the journey to becoming robust digital public infrastructure for the ecosystem.*

<figure><img src="/files/AKCdgojeWkNuKC0ziS76" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

*\*The list is non-exhaustive*


# Building a SuperApp: A three step guide to apply DPI thinking

### What is a SuperApp, in the context of government service delivery?

In the context of government services, a SuperApp generally refers to a one-stop portal, either a mobile or web application, that provides access to multiple government services. These services include issuing an identity card or birth certificate, paying and filing taxes, issuing land or property ownership certificates, applying and renewing driving license, setting up business permits, and many more.

### What are the typical characteristics of Government SuperApp?

1. Multi-Service Integration: Combines various government services like healthcare, transportation, legal documentation, and public utilities.
2. Single Sign-On (SSO): Allows users to log in once and access multiple services without re-entering credentials.
3. Personalized Dashboard: Users can see relevant services, deadlines, and notifications in one place.
4. Digital ID and Payments: Supports secure identity verification and online payments for fines, taxes, or fees.
5. AI and Chatbot Support: Provides automated assistance for common queries.

### What are some challenges that governments face when building a SuperApp?

Governments develop these SuperApps to improve efficiency, reduce bureaucratic delays, and enhance the user experience for citizens. However, in our experience of working with countries, the following challenges surface while building a SuperApp:

* **Governments around the world generally have devolved their power**, both horizontally through different sectoral department agencies and vertically via central vs local; federal vs state structures. Creating a SuperApp generally requires different department agencies to cooperate with one central department that controls the SuperApp. Further, these department agencies may have invested hefty budgets to build their own system with their own applications and functionalities, working processes, financial and human resources.
* Alignment across different agencies or departments requires top-down push, as the **“not-invented-here” syndrome** sometimes limits adoption
* For larger countries and populations, with heterogeneous populations with diversity of languages, needs, lifestyles and preferences, **the creation of an inclusive One-App that works for all becomes very expensive, time and resource consuming**, and difficult to scale at population level.
* A single failure to the system disrupts multiple if not the whole services **(one for all; all for one)**

### In What Contexts is a SuperApp a Good Idea?

A single well-functioning, reliable and user-centric platform is often easier and more efficient for citizens to access multiple government services. However, as discussed in the previous section, the challenges of implementing a SuperApp, especially across siloed departments, are real and must be anticipated.&#x20;

A SuperApp can be a good idea when there is strong political will, a top-down mandate, and a shared recognition of cross-cutting pain points that encourage departments to collaborate. It can also be good if it attributes the cooperation of other departments in the app well - prominently displaying logos of different ministries where their services are used, for instance! Fair attribution enables greater scale.

### Is a SuperApp a Digital Public Infrastructure?

No. A SuperApp, or any application, is not Digital Public Infrastructure by itself. Aggregating government services in one place is a digital government solution, but it does not constitute DPI.&#x20;

However, a SuperApp that is built on top of strong digital public infrastructure — such as [verifiable digital identity,](https://docs.cdpi.dev/technical-notes/digital-ids-and-electronic-registries) [robust data sharing models and credentials](https://docs.cdpi.dev/technical-notes/data-and-credentialing-infra), [trust infrastructure](https://docs.cdpi.dev/technical-notes/electronic-signature-pki-and-trust-infra), [open APIs for government services](https://docs.cdpi.dev/technical-notes/discovery-and-fulfillment-networks) (part of the ‘discovery and fulfilment DPI block), and [secure, inclusive, and programmable payment rails](https://docs.cdpi.dev/technical-notes/digital-payment-networks) — has a much greater chance of succeeding and scaling sustainably. The next section explains this further.

### How can DPI principles mitigate challenges and enable SuperApp success?

We suggest governments consider the following suggestions, aligned with DPI principles to alleviate some of the typical challenges:

1. **Micro-services architecture**. Public sector challenges are complex, making full-stack solutions impractical. The DPI principle of Minimalist, Reusable Building Blocks advocates unbundling problems into core, modular components. The goal: single functions performing exceptionally, avoiding over-specification, and enabling the ecosystem to combine these into diverse, fit-for-purpose solutions. Technically, microservices architecture achieves this using many small, independent services (e.g., authentication, payment) communicating via APIs. This enhances scaling, updating, and resilience; citizens see a unified app, but behind the scenes, many microservices work collaboratively.
2. **Federated architecture:** A critical DPI principle is using Decentralized and Federated Systems. This ensures data remains with its original department or owner, empowering them to maintain and update it and limiting power struggles. This approach prevents central "honeypots", which are easy targets for cyberattacks, and stops too much personal data from being collected in one place, protecting privacy. Data and control are spread out across many parts, making the entire system more secure and private.
3. **Layered Ecosystem Design.** This means making the infrastructure layer open and shared (e.g., identity, payments, data exchange). At the service layer, individual agencies continue offering their specific services (e.g., education, health, or verifiable identity). The application/user-interface layer then allows citizens choice in accessing services through the SuperApp or through other government and/or private apps (see point on “private innovation”). This structure effectively decouples infrastructure from service delivery, preventing power concentration.
4. **User control and inclusiveness.** The system must allow access through various means, not just a single foundational ID, enabling users to choose their preferred authentication methods, be it a National Digital ID, an e-driving license, or even offline credentials if a digital ID is unavailable. This design ensures genuine user choice and guarantees access to services, while allowing the system to determine what can be accessed based on the level of credential provided.
5. **Private innovation.** This means creating an environment where many different innovators can build solutions that serve a wide range of needs. The microservices architecture naturally creates APIs. **While these APIs are often initially used only by government departments, with proper oversight and governance, they can be opened up to the private sector and civil society**. Opening these APIs empowers various private players and organizations to design the best interfaces, develop user-friendly features, cater to specific language groups or niche markets, and integrate advanced tools like Artificial Intelligence.


# DPI and Mandating Adoption

<mark style="background-color:purple;">**Question**</mark><mark style="background-color:purple;">:</mark> Is mandating adoption necessary to achieve scale for various Digital Public Infrastructure building blocks?

<mark style="background-color:purple;">**Short Answer**</mark><mark style="background-color:purple;">:</mark> Typically not. While mandating adoption can sometimes help speed up the process of achieving scale, in the long run, voluntary adoption based on a strong value proposition to all market players and citizens is more sustainable at driving impact. DPI builders should prepare for asynchronous adoption over time starting with smaller players, rather than wait for the largest incumbents to agree before launching.

<mark style="background-color:purple;">**Long Answer**</mark><mark style="background-color:purple;">:</mark> Countries are often faced with this dilemma: there is often hesitation or reluctance on the part of market players or existing institutions of the country to upgrade to a DPI approach, or apathy of individuals in accessing or using the DPI (such as with digital identities). They may be sceptical of the value it would provide them, or have vested interests in previous legacy systems. &#x20;

Mandating adoption may feel like a faster solution in some cases; and there is proof that it can be effective in the short run, particularly in regulated sectors where a regulator or government entity can enforce changes. However, a mandatory implementation approach can also lead to increased resistance by institutions towards infrastructure or approaches that are seemingly forced upon them by the authorities, or create a “checkbox implementation” syndrome where the DPI is adopted in name but is not done with high quality. For instance, regulators sometimes mandate the use of open banking APIs, but banks could implement them with low success rates, effectively meeting the compliance burden without changing consumer experience.&#x20;

Moreover, mandating DPI adoption leaves the system vulnerable to policy changes. If the policy leadership changes a few years down the line and they reverse the mandate, all the momentum achieved may be lost. Finally, if it is mandated, market players may view it as a compliance issue and not necessarily devote their best talent into it.

A more sustainable option would be to encourage voluntary adoption of the infrastructure at scale. This can be done simply by making DPI building blocks immediately useful for the individuals and institutions so that they can clearly see benefits, reduced costs, improved efficiencies, or market value of adopting it. DPI can be designed with strong incentives to adopt for all stakeholders.

Some examples are: &#x20;

| DPI Block                                                              | How to Expedite Voluntary Adoption                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                |
| ---------------------------------------------------------------------- | --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| Digital Identity Enrollment                                            | Create value to the citizen of having/using the Identity - This can be done by encouraging other departments or market players to use electronic ID authentication, or providing a verifiable credential of the identity or a profile data eKYC API so that the individual can fast track their access to key services (e.g., filing government compliances, access to benefits, opening bank accounts, getting SIM cards, etc.). |
| Registry Enrollment/Update by Institutions                             | Create value to the institution populating the registry (e.g., a health facility registry or a land registry) by encouraging other departments or market players to use data fields or authentication capabilities of the registry, publishing open APIs for the registry to enable discovery by external market players, profile data eKYC to fast track onboarding in key services, etc.                                        |
| Data Sharing (e.g. Open Banking/Open Finance; G2G Data Exchanges, etc) | <ol><li>Craft a reciprocity policy that ensures that in order to access data from any other actor in the data sharing ecosystem, you must also provide data to the ecosystem.</li><li>Craft a clear use case for a high value service that is improved based on access to data. For instance, for open banking, the use case is often improved lending portfolios, which can scale up based on access to data.</li></ol>          |

These features reinforce the spirit of the DPI approach to keep the individual at the center of all systems and to only move with an individual's consent and interests at heart. When the incumbents realise that the DPI is not eating into their market share, but rather offering them more opportunities for growth and success, they will automatically want to join in. DPI does not just allow more people to have a share of the pie, but it also increases the pie so that everyone may have a larger share. This may not happen at first, and ecosystem facilitation adoptions should be comfortable with an async adoption pace with small challenger organisations going first and larger ones joining in later.&#x20;

This gesture of allowing voluntary adoption also builds a layer of trust between governments, institutions, and people. It carries an intrinsic layer of faith that the DPI solution is secure, futuristic, creates value, and therefore will scale on its own merit. This silent surety on the part of governments as well as the clearly defined, immediately available benefits will give individuals the boost they need to rise to the occasion, and raise their country with them.&#x20;

The best part? People-driven transformation is lasting across the changing tides of policy and procurements.


# DPI and Private Competition

<mark style="background-color:purple;">**Question**</mark>: Does building Digital Public Infrastructure hamper the growth of a competitive economy?

<mark style="background-color:purple;">**Short Answer**</mark>: Not if it is built in accordance with best-practice design principles. DPI increases healthy, fair competition in an economy among players and triggers tremendous market value. DPI represents public interest, not necessarily public ownership or execution.

<mark style="background-color:purple;">**Long Answer**</mark>: The word “public” in Digital Public Infrastructure is often misunderstood to mean that all components of the infrastructure will be owned and operated by the government, leaving little room for private-sector players to build solutions and derive value. One hesitation in adopting DPI lies in the misunderstanding that it will obstruct the free flow of competition in a laissez-faire economy, or crowd out the private sector from providing services.&#x20;

However, there is much more nuance here. The word “public” in DPI denotes that all solutions built, whether private or by the government, are in the best interests of the public. It signals that the individual should be at the center of the economy and at the heart of all endeavours. The role of the government in DPI may simply be to lay out the rules which enforce this idea of “people before profits” to nurture free and fair competition that is the backbone of any healthy society.&#x20;

Every sport is played according to certain rules, and there are penalties for violating them. Yet, we don’t look at these rules as obstructions to the game but rather as necessary guardrails which keep players safe and the game interesting. Similarly, the DPI game is about laying down certain rules such as Interoperability, Privacy and Security, Federation, Inclusion and Minimalism - which act as guardrails to prevent monopolies, unfair practices, and dictatorial tendencies.&#x20;

Not only does DPI allow for competition in the existing economy, it also creates new avenues for private-sector growth and innovation. The analogy commonly used is that DPI doesn’t just allow more people to eat from the pie, but it also increases the size of the pie so that everyone, including incumbents, gets a larger market share in ways they could not have previously imagined.

DPI creates potential for competition at every level of its execution, adoption, and growth. For example, in Payments, the government attempts to build only when decades of market players trying to solve this problem have resulted in silos, exclusions and market failures. The government builds only the minimalistic rails, and not necessarily the applications (innovation layer). The market players can build their own apps on top of the rails (adoption layer). Once you build DPI in payments, it also unlocks other layers, such as lending, where a new playing field for market players (execution layer). <br>

The layers of private participation (in more detail) are:

1. **Innovation Layer**:&#x20;

Once DPI has scaled, there are various ancillary services that can be built on top of it that leverage its benefits. For example, the interoperability and verified credentials gained through Open Banking (data-sharing as well as payments) create the foundation for Insurance, Lending, and eCommerce use cases to be built on top of it. DPI attempts to solve only the minimum bottleneck, e.g. verifying a few profile data fields,- without entering the realm of final solutions or service delivery.&#x20;

2. **Adoption Layer**:&#x20;

Once the DPI has been built, it is only successful if it is adopted by the market players to offer improved services to people of the country to truly scale. Every country has its share of diversity in the form of demographics, abilities, income levels etc., and no single platform can adequately cater to all of them. The second layer of the DPI approach, the market innovation layer, pushes for private-sector innovation and competition to cater to these different segments of society using User Experience as the key differentiator. By creating a level playing field, the DPI approach ensures that the best player wins on the basis of the value provided to the end user.&#x20;

3. **Execution Layer:**&#x20;

While the DPI approach can be triggered by the government, it actually requires significant private sector participation - typically via Technology Service Providers (TSPs) and System Integrators (SIs) to roll out the DPI on a nationwide scale. This allows for innovation from and competition between various market players to offer the best contract and build at a country level using best practices for design and governance.

There is a widely popular anecdote from the Indian sphere in this regard. It is said that after India’s foundational identity “Aadhaar” had scaled, and offered eKYC services on top of it, Amazon went to the Indian Government and requested an Aadhaar for businesses!

Amazon said that the only way for them to accurately verify businesses that wanted to be listed on its e-commerce platform was through national, digitally signed documents for a business including the eKYC ability.&#x20;

This is the perfect example to display that even the largest private sector players benefit from the DPI approach because it allows them capabilities and functionalities it could not have previously solved.&#x20;

DPI solves for every last individual in the country, and this includes the individuals running private sector businesses! &#x20;


# DPI and Privacy/Security

<mark style="background-color:purple;">**Question**</mark>: Does DPI reduce personal privacy, increase security risks, or hurt public safety by increasing the capacity for surveillance?

<mark style="background-color:purple;">**Short Answer:**</mark> Well-designed DPI actually improves your control over your own data, is minimalist in data collection (sufficient for access to services and nothing more!), opts for federation rather than centralisation of data, and builds security and privacy-preserving features (such as tokenisation, auto data deletion, auditable and tamper proof logs of data access and use, etc.) by design. Successful national ID systems that scale for example, have a minimalist set of data fields so the chances of loss of privacy even in case of a data breach is low. Contrarily, the internet has millions of data points of any individual and much less safeguards (both technical and moral) to protect it.

<mark style="background-color:purple;">**Long Answer:**</mark> Digital Public Infrastructure enables solutions to be built at scale, catering to diverse populations with varying levels of ability and resources, in an equitable manner. This scale and impact can ONLY be achieved by institutionalising data minimalism, privacy and security, and public trust into the systems (as DPI only scales with public and private adoption, which requires trust).

For example, design features of a country’s <mark style="background-color:green;">**national (digital) ID system**</mark> that preserve privacy and trust should include:

* [x] **Minimalism in data capture -** The less data is captured, the less of a honeypot is created.
* [x] **Avoiding tracking** - no collection of location/purpose in ID auth/eKYC
* [x] Creating a **Virtual ID or a token as a fungible alias** for the permanent ID to avoid providing the actual ID number for services
* [x] Authentication done with **consent** of the user (via one time password or biometrics)
* [x] Usage **audits which are permanently auto-deleted** every n months
* [x] **End-to-end encryption** for data at rest and data transport layers
* [x] Allowing residents to **lock their ID and/or biometrics,** disabling authentication
* [x] **Unique tokens that are different for every system**, eliminating the ability to merge databases
* [x] **Multi-factor authentication** for high value transactions
* [x] Advanced **cybersecurity measures** for database security, including periodic ethical hacker tests

Features of <mark style="background-color:green;">**an interoperable data sharing system**</mark> to drive enhanced privacy and security could include:

* [x] **Avoiding centralisation** of data to prevent honeypots - letting data remain where it has been collected, and crafting protocols for real time sharing in a federated manner.
* [x] Introducing **the ability to query databases for a yes or no response as per a criteria or question**, without always requesting the raw data for analysis
* [x] Introducing a **detailed, granular consent** (purpose specific and data specific) artefact (digitally signed for added security) required from the individual to share data
* [x] **Allowing consent to be managed by a data-blind third-party** who acts on behalf of individuals (not the information providers or information users) to ensure an actor with incentives aligned with the individual is showing them a consent request (rather than a data user or provider)
* [x] A **pre-specified time period for access to data** - with consent revocable at any time by the individual
* [x] **Multi-factor, multi-modal authentication** capabilities for signing in to the system

For instance, **Brazil’s PIX has prioritized security** in its payment system through a combination of technologies and regulatory measures: **It uses encryption protocols, two-factor authentication to verify user identities and digitally signed transactions, with possibility to reverse payment within a certain time window**. The financial network itself is not connected to the internet, and **only restricted participants can actually access** the database directly, in addition to regulatory oversight by the Central Bank of Brazil which ensures compliance with financial security standards and promotes user trust in the system.&#x20;

Another example is Aadhaar, India’s ID system which **collects only 4 minimal, constant fields** of an individual: name, date of birth, address, gender. This means that the data is always accurate. Now what if they had collected 10 fields including profession, income, family members, etc.? This could change year on year, making the data redundant. Collecting and storing that information would also make systems bulky and inefficient, affecting the speed and accuracy of all systems that use it (such as banks using ID data for eKYC).&#x20;

If data privacy wasn’t guaranteed, and personal information could be shared freely across departments, **for example, if the payments system could send information about your transactions to the tax authorities who subsequently showed up at your doorstep, would anyone sign up for those solutions? Likely not! And DPI would never be able to scale or sustain**.

Evidence of its robust minimalism, privacy, and security is evident in the widespread adoption and long-term sustainability of critical systems like verifiable identities, interoperable payments, healthcare claims settlement networks, education credentials, mobility, and commerce networks globally.

While all technical systems face vulnerabilities, well-designed DPI anticipates and prepares for potential attacks. If information from a minimalist system is leaked, information that is already more or less public such as your name, date of birth, gender, etc., you stand to lose much less than when large systems are breached such as your internet history, social media footprints, email accounts etc. which have more damning repercussions. The fear of our internet accounts being breached doesn't stop us from using the internet; similarly, the remote fear of DPI systems being breached should never be a barrier to implementing beneficial measures at scale. We must simply build resilient, secure systems that can stand the test of time.

There are multiple ways to ensure data minimalism, security and privacy such as those outlined above. Similar safeguards can be put in place using a techno-legal approach for all solutions built through the DPI approach. These measures can solidify systems to reduce the probability that a malicious actor can use the systems to increase surveillance, or cause intentional harm.


# DPI and the Digital Divide

<mark style="background-color:purple;">**Question**</mark>: Will DPI deepen the digital divide?

<mark style="background-color:purple;">**Short Answer**</mark>: No. DPI is not the same as digitisation. Well-designed DPI caters equally to people with and without connectivity, and with and without smartphones.

<mark style="background-color:purple;">**Long Answer**</mark>: Often the word “digital” of the term “digital public infrastructure” is often misunderstood to mean that it always requires internet connectivity and access to smartphones and thus, leaves behind the people who don’t have access to such technology, connectivity, or devices.&#x20;

DPI is often, mistakenly, used interchangeably with digitisation (the process of taking paper-based processes online). The DPI approach is sometimes met with scepticism from countries who may have many barriers to cross before a fully-online world becomes a reality for them. This fear, that DPI will not be able to bridge the digital divide, remains one of the most unfortunate misunderstandings of our time!

The core mission of solutions built through the DPI approach is to reach the last mile population where they are and integrate them into the formal society in a variety of ways. It is fully cognisant of the fact that countries are inherently diverse - there will be people who are fully privileged, and those who lack access to basic resources, education and abilities in every society. For services to truly scale inclusively, one has to reach people on both ends of the spectrum and cater to a diverse population via **multi-modal access points** and **solution-agnostic protocols** that are not hardwired to any specific format in which to access services. The availability of multiple options is what ultimately drives inclusion across diverse populations, and ultimately, DPI aims to elevate underserved communities to a level economic playing field through equal access, despite their current resources.&#x20;

For example, when we speak about a Digital ID, they are not necessarily dependent on smart cards, or online authentication modes only.

| Has an email account and connectivity                                        | Can generate email-based one-time password (OTP)                                                                                       |
| ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| Mobile Device (feature phone or smartphone) with connectivity                | Mobile-based OTP                                                                                                                       |
| Mobile Device without connectivity                                           | Offline XML authentication                                                                                                             |
| No mobile devices or connectivity                                            | If verifier has a card reader: Smart Card authentication of a fingerprint stored on a chip (requires verifier to have a card reader)   |
| No mobile devices or connectivity                                            | If verifier has a biometric reader: Fingerprint authentication with fingerprint reader                                                 |
| A mobile device, but no connectivity and challenge with fingers/fingerprints | <p>If verifier has phone: Face authentication</p><p></p><p>If verifier has biometric reader: Iris authentication with iris scanner</p> |
| No devices, no connectivity, challenge with fingerprints/iris                | Demographic field authentication via a digitally signed QR code on a paper or plastic-based ID card                                    |

\
Similarly, when we speak about interoperable digital payments as DPI, they are not limited to those with access to digital devices:

| Payers in urban areas with access to smartphones and connectivity                    | Make payments (P2P, P2M) by scanning a QR code via their smartphone or entering a financial address through any mobile application                                                                                                                                                                                                           |
| ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ | -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| Street vendors in urban areas without smartphones                                    | Instead of purchasing an expensive credit or debit card reader to accept payments, they can simply print a QR code on a piece of paper to accept digital payments                                                                                                                                                                            |
| Payers in rural or semi-urban areas with feature phones but no internet connectivity | <p>They can use USSD to send an SMS text message (e.g. using a specific number like \*99#) as a payment instruction to transfer funds to anyone using mobile networks</p><p></p><p>They can also initiate payments as above to interoperable offline wallets or mobile money accounts to transact without messaging core banking systems</p> |
| Rural areas with no phones or connectivity                                           | They can use their biometrics (such as a fingerprint) to authorise payment transactions through any local vendor                                                                                                                                                                                                                             |
| Local languages / illiterate / cannot see clearly                                    | They can call a number and speak in their local language. An AI-enabled service can translate their instructions into a payment instruction and carry out the transaction using the standard DPI rails on their behalf after receiving authorisation.                                                                                        |

Well-designed DPI is suited to diverse audiences with unique needs. It is important to note that the same DPI rails, using standard protocols, can cater to all sets of people and newer innovations can simply be added on top without needing to extensively change the underlying codes or protocols or building separate solutions for rural contexts or vulnerable populations (which tend to be under-maintained).

Solutions built through the DPI approach are required to be:&#x20;

1. Minimalist&#x20;
2. Modular
3. Reusable&#x20;
4. Federated&#x20;
5. Secure

This allows for inclusive innovation with diverse access methods to be easily built on top of the foundational rails.&#x20;


# Identity & Trust Infrastructure

Who is the counterparty? Can I trust them?

Verifying identity and accessing profile data of people, entities, and objects is a crucial foundational function of digital economies. When moving from physical to digital interactions, the first complication is establishing trust as to the identity of the counterparty. It is crucial that this identity is verifiable: that is, can be authenticated in some means (a mobile one time password, a digitally signed QR code, a biometric fingerprint scan, or even a face ID authentication).&#x20;

A country should have multiple identities to fulfill multiple purposes and functions across sectors, but at least one should provide a foundational capability of authenticating that the individual is who they say they are, **and returning a few commonly required data fields** (such as name, gender, date of birth, and address) via an open API. Functional identities (such as voter IDs, social protection IDs, or driver’s licenses) should also strive to make their profile data accessible via APIs or other digitally native means.&#x20;

An identity system is a registry of persons. Countries also need foundational registries of entities (such as businesses, hospitals, schools, etc.) to allow sector-specific digital service providers to innovate based on shared datasets. These registries should provide digitally signed data to ensure it is tamper-proof and accessible through open APIs (and prevent clunky PDF or Excel downloads) to ensure software can directly consume the information. This greatly enhances the speed of service delivery and the competition across sector-specific market players.  &#x20;

Key examples of building blocks in this category of DPIs include:&#x20;

* Authentication (mobile, offline QR code-based, biometric, facial, etc.)
* eKYC
* Single Sign-On
* Civil/Functional Registries
* Entity Registries
* Object Registries (land, etc.)


# Digital ID

Many countries have built Digital IDs, including Singapore (Singpass), Rwanda’s national ID with eKYC, Chile’s national ID and India's Digital ID (Aadhaar).

### Context

The government’s primary goal is to reach its target user base efficiently, identify users easily, and deliver public services, such as medical care, pensions, tax collection and more. **Every country can relate to the existence of at least one of the following identity systems**:

1. National Registration Cards (NRC)
2. Regional Government Identity Cards
3. Registrations using one or more biometric modalities (fingerprint, iris, face, voice, etc.), which may or may not have used for deduplication or uniqueness checks
4. Foundational identities such as civil birth and death records, national IDs, etc.
5. Purpose-driven functional identities such as voter IDs, driver’s licenses, farmer registrations, tax IDs, or professional licenses (doctor, lawyer, teacher, etc.)&#x20;
6. Foundational/Functional IDs restricted to certain categories of users (for example, citizens above a certain age, residents, refugees, etc.)

**In most of the countries foundational or functional IDs are&#x20;**<mark style="color:blue;">**issued**</mark>**&#x20;as**:

1. Simple paper documents, optionally with a photo and/or hologram sticker&#x20;
2. Laminated paper-based ID
3. PVC cards with one more security features like:
   1. Photo
   2. Hologram sticker
   3. Micro text
   4. Ghost image
   5. ID authority logo
   6. Guilloche patterns
   7. Issue/expiry dates printed
   8. Barcode, QR code, magnetic strip, RFID, smart chip, etc.

While the above IDs are enrolled and issued with multiple levels of physical verification, the IDs issued within a jurisdiction do have a good level of trust and acceptance within the country to deliver government services. However, governments are <mark style="color:blue;">**challenged to accept**</mark> foundational or functional IDs for various reasons:

1. Distinguishing genuine from fraudulent ID cards
2. Trusting scanned QR code contents
3. Procuring large numbers of  vendor-specific card readers (ID cards with RFID, smart chip)
4. Reissuing expired ID cards
5. Trusting IDs outside of the issuing authority jurisdiction / network (service points, systems)

In these challenging scenarios, governments are trying to address globally accepted Sustainable Development Goals (SDGs) by adopting digital transformation programs. Governments and Development Agencies are investing large sums of money to digitise business processes by building portals, mobile apps, and platforms to reach the target user base while NOT able to IDENTIFY & AUTHENTICATE the user with 100% TRUST.<br>

<mark style="color:purple;">**DIGITISING AN EXISTING ID INTO A DIGITAL ID CAN OPEN UP NON LINEAR OPPORTUNITIES FOR GOVERNMENTS TO DRIVE DIGITAL INCLUSION VIA UNIVERSALLY ACCEPTED AND TRUSTED CREDENTIALS.**</mark>

### What is a Digital ID?

Any foundational or functional ID that supports below <mark style="color:blue;">**properties**</mark> is considered a Digital ID:

1. **Human/System Readable**: Digital ID MUST be presented in a format that can be read by a human and systems. Key user identity attributes MUST be made available in QR Code format for systems to easily scan and read.
2. **Verifiable**: QR code component of the ID MUST be digitally signed by the issuing authority, and verification of the digital signature must be possible to prove non-repudiability. Human verification of a QR code can be made possible using QR Code reader applications and SDKs.
3. **Online/Offline Accessible**: Digital ID MUST be accessible through online APIs and offline through digital wallets or digitally signed QR codes.
4. **Online/Offline Authentication**: Digital ID MUST be able to authenticate the user in both online and offline modes. In offline mode, authentication service points are able to verify users in regions with low or no network coverage while maintaining trust.
5. **Consented Use**: Digital ID SHOULD enable mechanisms for users to provide consent from the ID holder during authentication, data access, or other uses of the ID.
6. **Privacy Protecting**: Digital ID SHOULD allow masking or partial disclosure of data where full ID is not required and ensure necessary consented authorisation for data access.
7. **Self/Assisted Use Cases**: Digital ID SHOULD enable both self-service and use cases to access, verify and authenticate the user with appropriate consents. The use of authorised operators helps reach digitally illiterate users and helps in inclusion via open APIs with necessary authorisation from the ID holder.&#x20;
8. **Enable Full/Selective KYC Disclosure**: Digital ID SHALL enable option to release either full or selective Know Your Customer (KYC) attributes for authorised downstream use of ID.
9. **Unique ID**: Digital ID MAY be deduplicated against biometric or demographic data to ensure ONLY unique IDs are issued. However, uniqueness of an ID is NOT a necessary requirement. Many use cases do not require identifying and authenticating a unique user. Identifying and easily/securely authenticating a user is sufficient.&#x20;
10. **Laws/Regulations**: Digital ID MAY be governed by local laws and regulations to ensure equitable access for ecosystem participants across sectors, thereby reducing friction and costs. Laws/regulations ensure the acceptance of DIGITAL IDs with the properties outlined above, creating a multiplier effect as a foundational Digital Public Infrastructure.

### Why is Digital ID important?

Many government programs do not require a unique ID to deliver services; only a few do.&#x20;

The use of Digital IDs enables policymakers to reduce friction and cost; and allow integration between systems.

By using Digital IDs, policymakers can integrate with other jurisdiction functional IDs. Identifying duplicates through trusted demographic data techniques represents a continuous improvement process aimed at eliminating ghost beneficiaries.

Digital IDs made available from existing functional ID systems can eventually be linked to deduplicated foundational IDs when a country adopts such a deduplicated issuance platform.

While a biometric deduplicated ID system is considered a foolproof ID issuance platform, governments need not wait for such an ideal scenario to identify a user with TRUST both in physical and digital worlds.&#x20;

### How to convert an existing ID to a Digital ID

Governments can consider the following indicative suggestions as an inspiration to convert physical IDs to Digital IDs:

1. The government should enable issuance and use of PKI certificates in accordance with globally accepted practices within the country.
2. ID authority that owns and maintains a physical registry can consider digitising the data as is into a database.
3. Any additional cleanup to improve the quality and standardization of data formats should be taken up during this phase.
   1. A recent high-quality photo and/or verified mobile number should be part of the ID database/registry.
   2. These two key ID attributes will enable robust verification and authentication capabilities.

The ID authority should procure PKI certificates to issue Online Digital IDs through Auth/eKYC APIs and Offline Digital IDs through mobile wallet and eLocker applications.

The ID authority should enable government and private ecosystem players to access Digital ID through APIs, self/assisted use, acceptance of digitally signed docs, cybersecurity and information security laws, user privacy laws, and related policies.

### Merging multiple different ID cards into one card is not necessary

Merging many different identity cards is not necessary, and in fact, various countries retain a combination of functional IDs (such as a driver's license, farmers certificate etc.) and foundational IDs.&#x20;

A foundational ID can scale nationally to become a national ID only when it remains minimalist (captures the very basic 5-7 data points on an individual, such as name, gender, date of birth, address, and some authentication capabilities) and delivers value through reusability (by e-Auth and e-KYC).&#x20;

* e-Authentication is a feature that provides a yes/no response upon verification request. &#x20;
* e-KYC is a feature that submits foundational profile fields in addition to authentication.&#x20;
* Single Sign-On (SSO) capability allows an individual to log on to any government or private portal on the basis of their government issued ID (similar to using a Google account to log on to a website).&#x20;

For ***functional IDs***, building an authentication feature would be most useful, as it enables other government departments to verify an individual’s identity before providing services. For example, a social benefits department can authenticate whether an applicant is a registered farmer before processing benefit transfers.&#x20;

For ***national IDs*** (such as minor ID, passport, non-resident ID), e-Auth or SSO may be built.&#x20;

For the ***national foundational ID***, any of the three features may be built for individuals to utilise.&#x20;

These capabilities can be built on any current identity in the country (depending on the nature of the ID) within a matter of weeks and leveraged by individuals and institutions to access trusted information based on the individual's consent, to provide more efficient access to services such as opening a bank account or accessing benefits through a government portal.&#x20;

**IMPORTANT NOTES:**&#x20;

1. EACH COUNTRY MUST DEVELOP ITS OWN STRATEGY TO MAKE FOUNDATIONAL AND FUNCTIONAL IDS AVAILABLE AS DIGITAL IDS.&#x20;
2. THIS DIGITAL ID CONCEPT FOR A PERSON CAN BE EXTENDED TO ORGANISATIONS, ENTITIES, AND THINGS.
3. HAVING A DIGITAL ID IS A MUST-HAVE DIGITAL PUBLIC INFRASTRUCTURE (DPI) FOR ANY DIGITAL TRANSFORMATION JOURNEY!

## Attributions


# Capabilities on ID system

How to convert any ID system into a DPI

Building a use cases layer on top of any foundational / functional ID system is crucial for unlocking service delivery. An ID system should be considered infrastructure that provides citizens with seamless access to services.

An ID system is only as powerful as the use cases it can unlock. This is also how countries can encourage enrollment and ensure that their ID system is “sticky”.

The layers built on an identity system, as outlined below, can make an existing ID system operate as digital public infrastructure in an economy, thereby enhancing both enrollment rates and overall system utilization.

<figure><img src="/files/nnyqMUmuaw5j6gdwVqsM" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>


# ID-Auth

In the previous section, we discussed the concept of a digital ID. It’s imperative to reiterate that the **core attributes** of a digital ID are that it is both machine and human-readable, verifiable, and digitally signed to ensure it is tamper-proof.

Verifying the identity of a user (also called authentication) before any transaction is a fundamental function in any economy. It is the key feature that can upgrade any existing ID system to operate as digital public infrastructure. Everyday activities such as opening a bank account, accessing a government service, purchasing a mobile SIM card, etc., require a layer of trust and traceability. Traditionally, verification has been done by producing physical copies of any government-issued document, with acceptance left to the discretion of the  individual/entity providing the service. This is a low-trust, time-consuming, and expensive process.

The most powerful application/ addition of any identifier is to use it for electronic authentication across a digital economy by both public and private entities. This can be done by building a digital authentication layer on top of the ID system, enabling people to prove their identities online or offline.&#x20;

**ID authentication** is the process by which an ID number or a tokenized version of the ID, combined with one or more authentication factors, is used to verify a citizen's identity.  The ID system can be queried to provide a binary **(Yes/ No) response to the question: “Are you who you claim to be?”**

There are a few key modes of authentication:

1. Demographic; which verifies a person’s name, address, date of birth, or other information fields
2. Biometric; which verifies a person’s fingerprints or iris&#x20;
3. [Face authentication](/technical-notes/digital-ids-and-electronic-registries/digital-id/face-authentication); which verifies a person’s face features
4. One-time password (OTP); where a single-use password is sent to a registered mobile number or email address

ID Authentication provides an API-based authentication mechanism for entities to validate individuals. In each of the authentication modes described above, the ID number and one piece of information are submitted to the ID authority’s database for verification. The ID authority confirms the accuracy of the details submitted, or the lack thereof.&#x20;

Additionally, offline local ID authentication can happen if the ID authority offers a digitally signed artefact, such as a  JSON/XML document (as a file or in QR code format), containing the foundational/functional ID or ID alias, photo, and any other minimal information required for validation to deliver a service.

Depending on the strength of verification required, two-factor authentication can also be considered. In all these cases, the citizen is assumed to have consented to the verification process.

Authentication should be evaluated across <mark style="background-color:purple;">**three key dimensions:**</mark>

* <mark style="color:green;">**Proof:**</mark> What's the authentication intended to prove? Is it proof of document, proof of identity, proof of presence or proof of existence.

<figure><img src="/files/ctDNqHaqTFvGLrevCEGy" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

* <mark style="color:green;">**Self and assisted**</mark> channels
* <mark style="color:green;">**Offline and online**</mark> modes

<div data-full-width="false"><figure><img src="/files/3osB31sgzH8Wuru8Md7x" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure></div>

Building this authentication layer on ID and opening it to licensed private and public service providers is a huge step towards innovation as well as inclusion. Online, low-cost, and almost instant authentication will power the rise of an entirely new class of applications and strengthen trust in the digital economy.

### Probable challenges & workarounds:

1. **Hard Infrastructure, Connectivity, and Coverage**: Procurement of any specialized hardware for authentication can become prohibitively expensive at a national scale. This and accessibility constraints, can impede the delivery of services in rural and remote areas.&#x20;

* Offering offline, mobile-first authentication can eliminate the need for smaller-scale verifiers to procure expensive hardware such as smartcard readers or biometric scanners.&#x20;
* Governments can address this by allowing private players to become e-authentication service providers after adequate training and certification. Opting to publish all the hardware standards brings market forces into play, resulting in competitive prices for everyone.

2. **Inclusion & scale**: Not all segments of the population can utilise biometrics due to factors such as age or disability. Additionally, not everyone possesses the digital proficiency to own or use a mobile phone. Overlooking these realities risks excluding these vulnerable groups from accessing vital services.

* Enabling multimodal (via OTP, QR codes, biometrics and facial recognition) & offline authentication will solve for inclusion at scale, increasing the coverage of services.

3. **Data security & privacy:** Concerns about the security of data and possible misuse of the shared information.

* It’s on the government to balance innovation while ensuring that no one has uncontrolled access to private data. The concerned government departments can choose to identify authorised service providers after licensing and testing. These should be mandated to maintain logs of data accessed, which can then be scrutinised by the regulators.

The digital ID serves as a key to a broad spectrum of services, encompassing financial inclusion, social protection, and efficient benefits delivery. Seamless, inexpensive user verification can power multiple use cases within the government and beyond. For example,&#x20;

* Authentication for benefits delivery like -&#x20;

&#x20;        \- Government-to-Person (G2P) payments

&#x20;       \-   Health insurance coverage&#x20;

&#x20;        \- Enrollment in scholarship programs&#x20;

&#x20;        \- Subsidy distribution

* Voter registration
* Biometric attendance for government officials and schemes beneficiaries
* Authentication for data fetches (such as credentials)
* Facial recognition authentication for liveness

**References:**

1. <https://docs.mosip.io/1.2.0/modules/id-authentication-services>
2. <https://govstack.gitbook.io/bb-identity/3-terminology>


# Face Authentication

Approach to enabling inclusion in onboarding individuals for use cases such as social protection

## Overview

Authenticating a user is the most primitive action in any service delivery. Assuming the user's registered photo is available in digital form and is easily verifiable, implementing face authentication on mobile phone app(s) creates a non-linear scale in providing services in an inclusive way.

## Assumptions

1. A country or any government department offers a digitally signed artefact (i.e., JSON/XML document as file or in QR code format) containing foundational/functional ID or ID alias, photo, and any other minimal information required for validation to deliver a service.
2. Access to this digitally signed artefact can be obtained through a digital copy shared or securely cached on a mobile device, scanned through QR code using a printed or physically issued card.

## Challenges

The following are a few common challenges in any given country or context that is the primary cause for user exclusion who may otherwise can be easily reached to deliver services:

1. **Access** : Not all users are digitally savvy enough to own and/or operate a mobile phone.
2. **Reach** : Network connectivity or coverage is a universal challenge to access online services.
3. **Digital Literacy** : Many users lack digital financial literacy e.g., handling of PIN/OTPs.
4. **Choice** : Users trust known neighborhood agents, and choice to pick the service touch points/agents is key to build trust/inclusion
5. **Automation** : Manual steps and processes cause delays and introduce middlemen.

## Approach

The following key capabilities should be considered  to address the above challenges:

1. **Mobile First** : A mobile-first approach enables service delivery using mobile devices including phones, tablets, and laptops. Ideally, applications should be built once and deployed across operating system platforms to keep the IT systems lean.
2. **Online/Offline** : Mobile device-based delivery enables local secure storage to strategise processes for offline delivery when online services are not reachable due to network connectivity or coverage limitations. System processes can be configured to grant device-level online/offline policies based on local context.
3. **Smart Synchronization**: Offline service delivery requires master, reference and recent transactional data available for taking minimum required business validations.
4. **Self/Assisted** : Business processes to be aligned for self and assisted use case scenarios.
5. **Local Face Auth** : Face authentication with liveness checks should be implemented on edge devices as a reusable software library/module accessible across various department applications. This can act as a digital rail infrastructure component.
6. **Device Registration** : All mobile devices enabled to provide self or assisted services can be registered to manage granular level of controls to deliver services in secure and trusted environments.
7. **Assisted Operators**: All assisted operators enabled to provide assisted services can be trained and registered to deliver remote services.

## Risk Mitigation

1. Face authentication models should be well tested to ensure seamless user experience and address inclusion challenges. The solution should work in conditions like low device technical specifications, lighting conditions, ease of use, local language support, integration with business application flows etc.
2. Face authentication models should be integrated with face **liveness** detection processes as well.
3. Digital **exception** management should be integrated into the workflows through reason codes. Scenarios where face liveness/match, backend service related errors need to be handled through a well thought through exception management process.
4. Continuous improvements to both technical and business processes should be considered by analysing the **telemetry** data from the devices.

## Summary

Face Authentication using a mobile device opens up an opportunity for governments to serve a large number of [excluded](#3.-challenges) population with ease.&#x20;

## Attributions


# eKYC/ Identity profile sharing

Every identity system has a few data fields like biometrics, photographs, demographic details, email addresses, or mobile numbers, which in combination identifies each individual uniquely. For many applications, it is essential to authenticate the user and obtain their profile details from a trusted source.

KYC involves establishing and verifying a person’s or an organisation’s identity to assess and monitor customer risk. KYC requirements in most countries mandate that citizens provide proof of their identity and address. Physically producing and verifying these documents is expensive at scale because of the high transactional costs involved, large turnaround times, and low trust in the system. As a result, countries reach a point where operational costs around identity verification are a barrier to getting services to the poor and disadvantaged.

This creates the need for a process that’s not only digital, and instant but also fool-proof and non-repudiable.

In an ID-based eKYC system, identity is verified electronically. after which the service provider can access the profile details from the ID authority database. It’s a value addition on top of ID-auth and allows an individual to share these profile fields to any system.

**How does eKYC work?**

The user’s identity is verified using ID number and biometric data/ OTP from ID database via a service provider (refer to e-Auth)

Upon authorisation, the user authorizes the ID authority to release the minimum required demographic information and photograph (KYC packet) to the requesting entity via a standard API.

ID-based e-KYC can be built as an independent service that can be seeded with data for authentication by any ID system. The ID-based e-KYC is an extension of authentication; however, a key distinction is that any requesting entity can receive and store identity profile data.

## Probable challenges & workarounds:

Infrastructure, Connectivity & Coverage: Procurement of any specialized hardware for authentication can become prohibitively expensive at a national scale. Combined with accessibility constraints, this can significantly impede the delivery of services in rural and remote areas.

A choice that any government can make in this regard is to allow private players to become e-auth service providers after adequate training and certification. Opting to publish all the hardware standards brings market forces into play, resulting in competitive prices for everyone.

Offline mobile-first authentication will eliminate the need to procure expensive hardware.

Data security & privacy: Concerns about the security of data and possible misuse of the shared information.

It’s up to the government to balance innovation while ensuring that no unauthorized parties have access to private data. The relevant government departments can choose to identify authorized service providers after licensing and testing. These providers should be mandated to maintain logs of data access, which can then be scrutinized by the regulators.

Users should also have the ability to revoke access to their KYC data from any service provider or entity at any time.

**Use cases:**

* Financial inclusion via bank account opening
* KYC for mobile SIM card purchases
* Securities account opening
* Enrollment in government schemes

**References:**

1. <https://docs.mosip.io/1.2.0/modules/id-authentication-services>
2. <https://govstack.gitbook.io/bb-identity/3-terminology>
3. Rebooting India - Nandan Nilekani & Viral Shah


# Single Sign On (SSO)

Most governments offer a variety of services to their citizens. It is costly and redundant for each service provider to maintain a separate list of authenticated users and their passwords.

Single Sign-On (SSO) is an authentication scheme that can be integrated into multiple applications to allow a user to access services. It enables a user to log in with a single ID to any of several related, yet independent, software systems.

Having a digital ID-based SSO will drastically simplify the service delivery while reducing the dependence on third-party SSO providers. End users can authenticate themselves to access online services and also securely share their profile information.

ID-based SSO can be connected to any ID that provides a mechanism to authenticate the users.

**How does this work?**

1. The user visits the service provider and selects the ID-based SSO login option.
2. The user authenticates their identity using any of the available authentication methods.
3. Upon successful authentication, the user's explicit consent is requested to share profile data fields.
4. The service provider authenticates the user’s identity against data stored on any identity system via SSO.

Any ID-based SSO should provide multiple authentication methods, including OTP-based, biometrics, or even wallet-linked authentication.

**Benefits of SSO:**

1. By providing a secure, efficient log-in mechanism, ID-based SSO increases the ease of doing business for individuals and businesses. Along with increasing digital economic activity, this also presents a potential revenue stream for the government.
2. This can be used for consented data sharing of ID profile fields or for eKYC needs of different applications. An application’s authentication request can also ask for details needed for profile setup or eKYC compliance, which can be shared upon explicitly receiving user consent.&#x20;

**References:**

1. <https://docs.mosip.io/1.2.0/integrations/e-signet>


# QR Code for Offline ID

Best practices design and implementation guide

## Context

QR codes are ubiquitous technologies that bridge the physical and digital worlds. QR codes also help users with minimal or no digital literacy to safely navigate digital transactions such as payments, enrolling into social programs, proving credentials (such as driver’s licenses, university degrees, or employment credentials), sharing resources (photos, documents, contacts), tracking ecommerce orders and shipments, etc

{% hint style="info" %}
One of the primary challenges in QR code use is optimizing the payload size to ensure efficient scanning and decoding. For online use cases, URLs with reference codes that redirect to an online service to complete the transaction work well.
{% endhint %}

This note calls out design and implementation best practices in identity and credential domain for **offline use of QR.** These principles are also applicable to other domains.

## Design Considerations

1. **Messages in QR code must be compacted** to ensure low/medium priced mobile phones can easily scan and decode the text. Representing the entire payload (ID/credential data, digital signature, and corresponding public key for verification) in approximately 2000 characters is key to QR code design.&#x20;
2. QR code must be **capable of digitally verifying the authenticity** of the ID credential.
3. QR code should **allow 1:1 face matching** of the photo ID/credential with live person using one or more face matching algorithms. This enables inclusion by enabling users with limited or no devices, or those with minimal digital literacy, to verify their identity and to access digital services with high trust, low cost, and minimal friction (self/assisted, anytime, anywhere use).&#x20;

{% hint style="info" %}
For high density encoded payload (> \~1.5 KB) format, the other parameters like quality of print (plain vs glossy paper), lighting conditions, and camera quality play a critical role in the successful scanning and decoding of QR content.
{% endhint %}

## Recommendations

Based on the above design considerations, CDPI recommends the following design and implementation guidelines:

1. **QR codes must be versioned**. Version number helps refer to the right QR schema registry for decoding. This allows evolvability of the QR.
2. Custom format must support built-in scalability for multiple libraries to decode the QR. Encoding should **allow optionality of certain attributes**, and **capability to add new attributes** that a country would like to incorporate into the QR code.
3. To digitally verify the authenticity of QR codes:
   1. Design should **support more than one cryptographic option** for digital signing to enable reasonable backward and future proofing of new techniques.
   2. Design should **allow key rotation** and assume there will be valid QR codes with different key pairs issued at different times.
   3. **Make public signing keys available as a registry**. All known public signing keys should be easily referenced using a key ID, which also helps reduce the QR code size.
4. To protect sensitive attributes such as permanent IDs, phone numbers, email ID, etc., consider designing **encryption or one-way hashing using a user-controlled key** as salt. Additionally, consider Secure QR format over regular QRs.
5. Raw compressed face photos in the QR should be compatible with **at least 3 different face matching algorithms, with threshold scores (FRR and FAR)** that are acceptable and align with overall inclusion strategies. Face images can also be represented as templates or embeddings, which helps reduce the photo size to a few hundred bytes (approximately 500).
6. **End-to-end testing** should be conducted in multiple phases to ensure all functional and non-functional objectives of the design and specifications are achieved:
   1. **Phase 1**: Lab testing with synthesised data sets to validate the design, specifications, and code. Testing can be through APIs and not necessarily people involved. Sample size: \~10 QR messages, \~5 devices.
   2. **Phase 2**: Controlled team testing with actual people in the office or nearby location. Sample size: \~100 QR messages, \~10 devices, \~1 location.
   3. **Phase 3**: Integrating the solution with actual business application/workflow and controlled field testing. Sample size: \~1,000 people, \~100 devices and \~10 locations.
   4. **Phase 4**: Rolling out the above integrated business use case solution within a region (or country-wide) to evaluate end-to-end solution offering (including 1:1 face matching). Additionally, test the solution against multiple use cases to get feedback and improve specifications, design, and solution offerings.
   5. **Phase 5**: Formal 1.0 release of specifications and solution for the country or region. Propose specifications with regional and/or global standardisation bodies.

{% hint style="info" %}
In addition to above technical recommendations, QR code should be popularised through branding, certification and campaigns.
{% endhint %}

## References

1. QR code specifications to encode foundational ID attributes [CBOR tag 169](https://docs.mosip.io/1.2.0/overview/standards-and-specifications/169-qr-code-specification)&#x20;


# Trust Infra

Can I assert in a tamper-proof manner that X item was agreed upon by and/or came from source Y?

Three key components make up this DPI category:

1. **Digital Signatures or PKI**: To ensure a document, certificate, or data packet hasn't been tampered with, a nation needs to generate the capability to affix a verifiable digital signature.
2. **eSignatures**: The ability of an individual or entity to electronically sign a document digitally (via mobile) to indicate agreement
3. **Granular Consent**: The ability of an individual to indicate their consent to share data for a specific purpose and time period with an indicated third party, and generate an auditable and digitally signed consent artefact to indicate that intent.&#x20;


# Digital Signatures and PKI

Digital signatures are cryptographic mechanisms used to verify the authenticity and integrity of electronic data. In healthcare, where the accuracy and confidentiality of information are paramount, they play a crucial role in ensuring electronic records remain trustworthy.

Public Key Infrastructure (PKI) is at the heart of digital signatures.

1. **Key Pairs**: PKI uses two related cryptographic keys: a private key (kept secret by the owner) and a public key (shared openly).
2. **Signing**: When data needs to be signed, the owner's private key is used to generate a unique digital signature for that data. This process often involves creating a hash of the data and encrypting it using the private key.
3. **Verification**: Anyone can verify the signature using the corresponding public key. They decrypt the signature to retrieve the original hash and compare it against a new hash of the received data. If they match, the data is unchanged and verified.

While individuals and organisations are common entities using digital signatures, non-human entities such as websites, servers, or software can also use them.

Digital Certificates for Websites: Websites use digital certificates to establish secure (HTTPS) connections. The website's certificate, which contains its public key and has been digitally signed by a Certificate Authority (CA), is provided to visitors. This assures visitors they're interacting with a genuine website, not a malicious impersonator.

Data Fields: Individual data fields within larger datasets can be digitally signed, ensuring the integrity of specific pieces of information within broader systems (eg., registries).


# eConsent

In any sector, the stream of personal data generated during every transaction enables better decision-making and service delivery. It is imperative to empower users by enabling consented sharing of granular personal data in a secure, privacy-protected manner. In any user-driven data-sharing framework, the data consumer needs to request the user for their personal data by specifying the quantum of data required, the purpose it’s going to be used for, the duration the data is needed for, and the frequency of data pull. This step is a precursor to the actual sharing of data by the data provider. Maintaining logs of the agreed-upon data-sharing transaction in a non-repudiable, auditable fashion is a key checkpoint.

Electronic consent is an artefact or data structure that records and stores the consent for that data-sharing agreement. Technically, it is a machine-readable electronic document that specifies the parameters and scope of data share that a user consents to in any data-sharing transaction.

The consent artefact generally consists of the following sections:

1. **Identifier section**: Identifies and lists all the entities involved in a data-sharing transaction including the data provider, the data consumer, the individual, and any other intermediary.
2. **Data section**: This section describes the type of data and permissions of the data being accessed, including the data fields, date range of data, duration of access, frequency of access, etc. The purpose for which the data is to be accessed should be clearly defined as well.
3. **Signatures**: Each consent artefact should include a signature block with signatures of one or more entities as defined in the framework

The electronic consent framework should be programmable, that is, it should allow for condition-based consent approval with required checks. For example, automatic consent approval for access to blood group, allergies, and similar information should be permitted in emergency situations.

\
Reference : [MeitY-Consent-Tech-Framework](https://dla.gov.in/sites/default/files/pdf/MeitY-Consent-Tech-Framework%20v1.1.pdf)


# eSign

eSignatures can be built as a capability on top of any identity system. They allow an individual to avoid a physical or wet signature, and instead sign a document remotely using a method of identity authentication. These documents could include loan agreements, property ownership agreements, or closure of business documents, for instance.

eSignature is a protocol that can allow an ecosystem of electronic signature providers to facilitate legally valid signatures as a service to various public and private institutions, typically building on an existing identity authentication and eKYC API.

An example eSign ecosystem could be architected as follows:

<figure><img src="https://lh7-us.googleusercontent.com/IC-44mcq600I2fY3nsNotcs747-NeXOERLkH_Jo0N1miAmrxtkZPG2ZpObR0I3CLJdd1vARqtW6KTQSgihWtQSileQT5nHPcRPf1GfZnpOfigEe8g_hJMLtJ-OQovaG3pbU8daVmJJXn82KNEwqsi6c" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

Source: <https://cca.gov.in/sites/files/pdf/esign/eSign-APIv3.3.pdf>&#x20;

Further resources:&#x20;

<https://cca.gov.in/sites/files/pdf/ACT/eSign-APIv2.1.pdf>


# Executing a Decentralised Trust Model

What establishes Trust in a ‘decentralized trust model’?

With a small number of participants, trust can be handled by knowledge-based configuration; a verifier is simply told which issuers to accept and at a small scale this is perfectly fine. However, this is not realistically scalable.

In an ecosystem at population scale covering  multiple ministries, agencies, financial institutions, educational institutions, wallet providers and independent verifier apps, operational questions start to arise. Which organisations are trusted, who decides that, how are participants onboarded, suspended or revoked, and how does an application discover trusted participants without someone hand-editing a config file every time a new issuer appears.&#x20;

A CA hierarchy is one way to answer these questions in a structured way — but it answers a different question than the one that actually determines whether an ecosystem is centralized or decentralized. Identifiers and key pairs can come from a Certificate Authority, or be self-declared (DIDs); either works, and that choice alone doesn't decide the model.

**Bottom line: a CA is not a prerequisite for verifiable credentials.** For most credential types, a trust registry over DIDs is sufficient on its own; a CA is a conditional add-on, not a default.

**What determines centralization is how issuer authorization is distributed.** In a centralized model, the VC owner — the entity running the credentialing infrastructure — uses identifiers and key pairs (whether CA-issued or self-declared) to onboard issuers and decide what each can publish, but keeps that authorization internal to its own system. **In a decentralized approach that allows for a multi-wallet ecosystem, the VC owner does the same onboarding and authorization — but instead of keeping it internal, publishes issuer details and their permitted credentials in a trust registry.** This lets other wallets, including private-sector ones, discover issuers and what they're authorised to issue.

The latter approach is built further below using the ETSI trusted lists approach.&#x20;

**ETSI Trusted Lists** — a designated authority publishes who is trusted; the verifier reads that published list.

Questions this note helps answer:

Q1. **How does one actually implement ETSI Trusted Lists** — using DeDi as the underlying registry (as an example)? DeDi organises data as Namespace (the scheme operator) → Directory (the list) → Record (one issuer entry).

Q2. **What does a CA add** that this approach doesn't already give, on their own?

Q3. How does one **move from this approach to a PKI/CA model** without redoing what's already built?

## ETSI Trusted Lists

(ETSI TS 119 612 v2.4.1, 2025-08; Trusted List v6)

A Trusted List is a **signed, machine-readable register, published by a designated authority, of approved issuers and the services they offer**. Each entry carries the issuer's identity and status, so a verifier can check whether a given issuer was approved, and when.&#x20;

National lists are maintained by national supervisory bodies; cross-border interoperability is achieved by having a cross-jurisdictional authority — in the EU, the European Commission maintains a List Of Trusted Lists (LOTL) that points to each national list. The verifier pulls and parses a signed list on a cadence: an offline-friendly snapshot rather than a live call.

* The PKI analogy — a conceptual lens, not a hosting choice. For readers coming from PKI: the list-signing key is the equivalent of the pre-trusted root, a listed entry plays the role of the certificate, and "listed and granted at time T" plays the role of a trust-anchor-plus-status check — with no certificate chain to validate. This is a way to understand the list, not a way to host it.
* How the list is hosted — two peer options for the same artefact. The same signed register can be published either as a signed XAdES XML file pulled on a cadence — the ETSI default, and what the EU lists run on today — or as a DeDi registry queried live over REST, where a namespace is the scheme operator, its directory is the list, and each record is a signed issuer entry. Same list shape either way. A verifier can still get the offline-friendly properties availed by DeDi through caching a namespace's records on a schedule instead of querying per-transaction — that's a client-side choice to make, not something DeDi does by default.

ETSI trusted lists may be paired with **a standardised query interface (e.g. TRQP)** sitting in front of it — standardising the question a verifier asks, not the proof itself.

What does not change. Neither option changes the credential itself or how it is verified. Credentials continue to be issued by trusted issuers, held in the holder's wallet, and presented directly to the verifier, who validates them cryptographically at the edge (signature, issuer identity, status, validity, plus any business rules). What changes is only how the verifier decides which issuers to trust in the first place.

### Q1. How does one actually implement ETSI Trusted Lists — using DeDi as the underlying registry?

**Who hosts it. The unit of ownership is the scheme operator — the designated body responsible for a given list.** E.g. for land credentials, if the issuer is a state ministry or department, the oversight authority (say the Department of Land Resources) would be the scheme operator maintaining that list at national level.

Can there be more than one? Yes, and that's the normal case, not an exception. The EU model is the clearest existing proof: under eIDAS Article 22, every member state establishes, maintains and publishes its own national trusted list, supervised by its own national body, and the European Commission publishes a single List Of Trusted Lists (LOTL) that points to each of those national lists together with the certificates needed to authenticate them. The LOTL contains pointers, not participant data — it federates the national lists rather than replacing them.

**How this gets implemented domestically**, using DeDi: Say an authorised parastatal agency stands up the first list, scoped to the Ministry of Transport. Later, Health wants to run its own.

1. Transport becomes the scheme operator for its own DeDi namespace. Its directory holds one record per authorised issuer, each carrying identity, scope, and status. Its scope must not overlap ambiguously with Health's.
2. A national aggregator namespace holds pointer records to Transport's and Health's namespaces, plus the key needed to verify each one — the same construct the LOTL is built on, expressed as DeDi records instead of XML pointers.
3. Verifiers pre-trust only the aggregator namespace's key. From there they resolve Transport's and Health's directories automatically via its pointer records, and look up the specific issuer. Adding a third department later means adding one pointer record to the aggregator — no verifier reconfiguration. This is also what defeats a rogue list: a self-declared LOTL from a bad actor is never in any verifier's pre-trusted set, so it is simply never consulted.

**Real example:** the EU eIDAS trust backbone — 27+ national lists, each maintained by a different national body, federated by the Commission's LOTL. Browse the actual live lists:[ https://eidas.ec.europa.eu/efda/tl-browser/](https://eidas.ec.europa.eu/efda/tl-browser/). ETSI TS 119 612 is explicitly written to be usable by non-EU jurisdictions (it even has a "Third Countries" list browser) — this is a general recipe, not an EU-only one.

### Q2. What does a CA add that this approach doesn't already give, on their own?

Two reasons:

1. **Legal recognition.** Most electronic signature laws (eIDAS being the clearest example) define a tiered hierarchy, and only the top tier — a "qualified" signature — is defined around a certificate from a licensed CA (a Qualified Trust Service Provider). That tier carries a legal presumption of validity that shifts the burden of proof onto whoever disputes it. This only matters for specific credential types — contracts, notarised documents, court-admissible evidence, certain cross-border regulatory filings — where local law ties a legal consequence to the signature category itself, not to whether the issuer was authorised. Most VC use cases (a diploma, a licence, a benefit attestation) don't need this: a trust registry answering "was this issuer authorised" is sufficient on its own. Whether a CA is required is therefore a per-credential-type question, not a blanket property of using VCs at all.
2. **Off-the-shelf interoperability.** X.509 is already understood by every browser, OS, TLS stack, and signing tool in general use — no DID resolver or DeDi client needed. If a credential has to be verifiable by systems the country doesn't control (a foreign bank, legacy government software, generic enterprise tooling), a CA-anchored credential gets to "just works" faster.

&#x20;Absent one of these two triggers, a trust registry is the complete answer.

### Q3. How does one move from this approach to a PKI/CA model without redoing what's already built?

**The root of trust is a distinct, swappable layer from the registry contents and the subordinate structure beneath it.** Introducing a CA later means changing what backs the root, not rebuilding the ecosystem around it — provided that separation was built in from day one (more on that at the end).

This migration is close to a non-event, because a Trusted List isn't a temporary stand-in for a CA hierarchy — it's the actual mechanism a CA hierarchy runs inside of once one exists.&#x20;

Under eIDAS, qualified CAs (Qualified Trust Service Providers) don't replace the national trusted list; they're entries in it, supervised through it. So the migration path is additive, not a swap:

1. Stand up the CA — root key, HSM custody, audit, whatever licensing regime applies.
2. Add the CA as a new entry in the existing DeDi namespace/directory, alongside issuers already listed. The list doesn't require entries to be CA-issued — it's agnostic to what backs a listed key.
3. Existing issuers keep operating exactly as before, still listed directly with their current keys — nothing forces them onto the CA. An issuer that wants the new CA's backing (for legal recognition or interoperability reasons — see Q2) gets a certificate and has its existing list entry updated to point to it: a metadata update on a record that already exists, not a new one.
4. Verifiers don't change at all. They already pull the list, find the entry, check status, verify against the listed key — whether that key traces to a self-signed pair or a CA-issued certificate is invisible to that logic.

### Q4. What happens to credentials already issued — under self-declared keys or a CA-issued certificate — when the root of trust changes, e.g. through a key rotation event? Do they have to be reissued?

**No. Existing credentials keep verifying, and reissuance stays a per-issuer, lifecycle-driven event rather than something a root change forces**. This holds for both a CA migration and a routine key rotation, though rotation adds one detail worth spelling out.

To start, it is necessary to clarify a distinction that often becomes obscured by how the question is framed. Within the framework of this discussion, the list-signing key functions as the pre-trusted anchor. There are three separate scenarios frequently categorized as a "root change," though they actually operate at distinct architectural levels:

1. **Adding a CA.** Additive. Listed keys are untouched, verifiers don't change, and nothing is reissued.
2. **An issuer rotating its own signing key.** This is a leaf event, not a root one. It changes one entry, not the pre-trusted anchor. The issuer's list entry is updated to carry the new key, and newly issued credentials are signed under it.
3. **The list-signing key rotating.** This is the actual root-of-trust change: the anchor every verifier pre-trusts is being replaced.

None of the three invalidates anything already in a holder's wallet. The detail rotation adds is this: a rotated key is superseded, not deleted. A verifier checks a credential against the key that was listed at the time the credential was signed, so the old key has to remain resolvable in a retired state for as long as credentials signed under it are still in the field. In practice that means an expired-but-valid X.509 certificate, or a retained verification method in a DID document. Asked this way, "was this key the listed key at signing time," a credential issued yesterday under the old key continues to validate tomorrow, with no reissuance. (Verifying long after signing additionally needs a trusted timestamp, which is what the long-term-validation machinery around ETSI lists already provides.)

The list-signing-key case is handled the same way one level up. The new list-signing certificate is distributed to verifiers ahead of the old one's expiry, giving an overlap window, exactly as the EU LOTL distributes national list-signing certificates. Verifiers pick up the new anchor before the old one lapses. The credentials themselves never enter into it; only the verifier's trust anchor turns over.

Bottom line: a key rotation at any level turns over keys, not credentials. The two have independent lifecycles, and that independence is the whole point of listing keys rather than baking them into the credential. Reissuance happens only when a specific issuer chooses it, or when a credential reaches the end of its normal validity.

### Q5. Does going “decentralised” require the adoption of DeDi?

**No. The same list can be published as signed XML or as a DeDi registry**, and its listed keys can come from DIDs or from a CA — independently of each other. DeDi, DIDs, and the trusted list are three separable choices, not a single bundled path, so "going decentralized" lets a jurisdiction pick what suits it on each axis.

### References

* ETSI TS 119 612 v2.4.1 (2025-08), Trusted List v6: <https://www.etsi.org/deliver/etsi_ts/119600_119699/119612/02.04.01_60/ts_119612v020401p.pdf>&#x20;
* EU trusted lists policy and Article 22 basis: <https://digital-strategy.ec.europa.eu/en/policies/eu-trusted-lists>&#x20;
* What the LOTL is (pointers + signing certs): <https://ec.europa.eu/digital-building-blocks/wikis/display/ESIGKB/What+is+the+List+of+Member+States+Trusted+Lists+also+named+List+of+Trusted+Lists+LOTL>&#x20;
* Official LOTL service / distribution point: <https://ec.europa.eu/digital-building-blocks/sites/display/DIGITAL/eSignature+List+of+Trusted+Lists>&#x20;
* For Developers: The eIDAS Dashboard APIs: <https://eidas.ec.europa.eu/efda/swagger-ui/index.html>
* EU Trusted List Browser (view real lists): <https://eidas.ec.europa.eu/efda/tl-browser/>&#x20;
* ToIP TRQP v2.0 (Trust Over IP / LF Decentralized Trust); REST/HTTPS over OpenAPI 3.1.0.
* PKI baseline: IETF RFC 5280, RFC 6960;&#x20;
* eIDAS Reg. (EU) 910/2014 Art. 22; CID (EU) 2015/1505 as amended by (EU) 2025/2164.


# Data Sharing & Credentials&#x20;

Can an individual/entity/society use its data for empowerment and improved services?

In the 21st century, data operates as digital capital. The ability to create value from data is especially crucial to those individuals, entities, and societies who may be data-rich even before they are financially rich or healthy.

A DPI approach to data sharing can include the following possible use cases:&#x20;

<figure><img src="/files/Nudt1TdtHBcaJ8oS7HIu" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

1. The ability to generate **verifiable credentials** for key certificates and claims in a digital society, and share asynchronously with any requester (e.g., proof of education, proof of business registration, proof of work experience, proof of vaccination, etc.)
2. The ability to share **personal data in real-time in a secure, consented manner** bilaterally with a party offering me a service based on the data (e.g., a health diagnosis, a loan, a recommendation, etc.)

The ability for a society to generate **open anonymised datasets** to enable research or trend assessments across various sectors.

Additionally, these open anonymised datasets can be used to train and publish **open AI/ML models** that can be used to better enable access to data-driven services such as real-time language translation models, financial underwriting models, etc.&#x20;


# A primer to personal data sharing

Any interaction in a digital economy creates vast amounts of data that, if shared with the right stakeholders, can empower the owner to access a wide range of services. Globally, a lot of emphasis is placed on “data protection” which is ensuring that the individual’s data is protected from unauthorised access. It’s useful to think of data as a modern day currency that can be used to unlock services. This framing brings about a shift from the model of data protection to **data protection and empowerment**, where the user is in control of their data (both privately and publicly held) and can share it freely. Opening up access to personal data, reference data sets (data used to define and classify other data), anonymised and aggregated data sets, training data and models also falls under the bucket of data empowerment.

Personal data sharing can take the form of verifiable credentials sharing or sharing of granular data with the requestor.

Broadly, we can identify three types of consented data sharing:

1. Verifiable credentials using e-wallets
2. System-to-system data sharing
3. Consent-led data sharing using a network

***

1. **Verifiable credentials:** A verifiable credential is a robust instrument of trust which is <mark style="color:purple;">**digitally signed, machine-readable**</mark>, and intended to serve as proof to presenters. Any certificate/credential can be converted into and presented as a verifiable credential (for e.g., vaccination certificates, professional licenses, education records etc.). Sharing verifiable credentials with any of the requesters through a digital wallet or any other means is a form of data sharing. It is also recommended that the data principal’s consent be captured in this process. Common examples in healthcare include sharing vaccination certificates, sharing of doctors’ professional certifications, etc.&#x20;
2. **System-to-system data sharing:** In many cases, there’s a need to share pre-collected or existing data internally (within departments that come under a single umbrella like the government) or <mark style="color:purple;">**within a group of trusted entities.**</mark> In this case, a system-to-system data-sharing process can be put in place without involving the data principal. Data sharing open APIs and an authorization mechanism to verify the requestor’s permission will power this. This architecture should only be used in a high-trust environment. Common examples are the sharing of patients' data between two governments. programs etc. (It is strongly recommended to procure the data principal’s consent before the data sharing and to notify the data principal after the transfer.)
3. **Consent-led data sharing in a network:** In this model, a network facilitates the exchange of data from the data providers to data users via the data principal (user). There's no centralised store of data and data flows real-time based on a request that carries the user's consent as well. The user is wholly in control in this framework. Three powerful technical building blocks can drive user-centric consented, real-time data sharing, namely data sharing APIs, sector-specific data schema, and consent standard.

### Cross-border data sharing&#x20;

Cross-border flows are most straightforward when utilizing user-led methods such as credentials, which don’t require issuing parties to have bilateral or multilateral agreements in place with every possible international credential verifier. Instead, any potential verifying entity of the credential who wishes to access the data can locally verify the digital signature to access the personal data presented by the user. The verifying entity should ensure to have access to (and cache with TTL - time to live settings) trust registries namely: global issuer list, corresponding verification keys and revocation list, and credential data schema to accept credentials with higher trust and convenience for the presenter.

System-to-system data sharing in cross-border use cases requires a slightly higher level of coordination between government departments, including the establishment of international consent managers, supporting legal or regulatory frameworks, security clearances (for opening up of API ports), as well as interoperability of technical systems in order to be successful.

Federated anonymised data sets can be utilised for cross-border research and developmental initiatives as well through proper contextualisation of the data. Please refer [here](/technical-notes/data-and-credentialing-infra/non-personal-anonymised-datasets) for additional design choices to enable and access federated anonymised data sets.


# Verifiable Credentials

#### Background

Governments interact with the individuals in their country for various purposes, such as offering jobs, subsidies, benefits, contracts and more. Similarly, private entities such as banks, businesses, and educational institutions also interact with individuals to assess eligibility and validity for various programs.

The foundation for any of these processes is to establish the attributes of the individual by verifying documents to determine their eligibility for services or benefits.

In the current scenario, both sectors (public and private) invest considerable amounts of effort in verifying the authenticity of the individual’s data, with no guarantee of success. Mistakes can be costly, with large sums of money and opportunities not reaching the intended people. They can also be dangerous, with unverified individuals gaining unauthorized access to sensitive systems and processes.

Digitally verifiable credentials, a simple, marginal improvement to existing systems, built using a Digital Public Infrastructure approach can solve this problem at scale.

<a href="https://vc.cdpi.dev/" class="button primary">Read more on CDPI's VCs knowledge base </a>

### What are verifiable credentials?&#x20;

Any issuing authority (whether they are issuing national identity, school certifications, income certificates, recommendation letters, driving licences, tax identity, etc) can make their certificates tamper-proof while retaining full autonomy over them.

Paper Certificates can contain a digitally signed online or offline QR code that connects the paper-based document to an official server and fetches the original certificate for verification. Digital copies of the certificates can be digitally signed to add an extra layer of security, guaranteeing authenticity.

In this method, no centralisation is required. It allows various departments to retain control over their certificates, and prevents single storage databases that inadvertently become the target of cyberattacks and data leakages.

### How does it work?&#x20;

The application programming interfaces (APIs) of different issuing authorities are opened to enable a real-time data fetch between systems. Data is fetched (but not stored) based on API calls made from one system to another to validate a specific piece of data based on the individual’s consent. Any data-issuing authority and any data-consuming authority can connect to the same network by linking their APIs and completing their own verification according to national guidelines.

Data should only be verified with the individual’s consent. As with all DPI, the individual must be at the center of the infrastructure.

An individual can specify the data he wants verified, the party he wants to share it with, and for how long. The consent is granular, purpose-specific (e.g., for a loan or benefit), simple to understand, and revocable.&#x20;

There can be three broad modes of data sharing:&#x20;

1. Consent and data are shared at the same time through the same platform: In this model, the interface itself (wallets or e-lockers) obtains user consent through its platform and shares the data immediately. For example, DigiLocker in India

a) Wallets: In digital wallets, users can provide their consent to fetch their digitally signed documents from various entities. These documents are securely stored on the user’s dashboard and shared as needed. This empowers individuals by giving them control over all their verified credentials.

b) e-Lockers: In this model, the documents are not stored on any dashboard. Instead, when the user provides consent, these documents can be fetched from the provider and displayed to the user or the data consumer he provides his consent to. These e-Lockers are managed by one or more entities in the country and allow federation of verifiable credentials.&#x20;

2. Consent and data are shared separately and managed through different entities: In this model, the consent is managed through a third-party intermediary known as a consent manager. These entities obtain user consent as per the consent artefact specified and communicate this to data providers, who then separately share the data with data consumers. Examples include, the Account Aggregator ecosystem in India.&#x20;
3. Consent is managed through the data provider: In this model, data is shared between two entities such as two government departments, without the individual being directly involved (though ultimately for the individual’s benefit). Consent is provided by the data provider itself at the time of sharing the data.                      &#x20;

There are many examples of this DPI:&#x20;

* Singpass in Singapore is now working to [issue credentials](https://www.developer.tech.gov.sg/our-digital-journey/digital-government-exchange/files/DGX%20DIWG%202022%20Report%20v1.5.pdf) fetched by the Singpass ID.&#x20;
* The EU has recently published [digital wallet specifications](https://ec.europa.eu/digital-building-blocks/sites/display/EUDIGITALIDENTITYWALLET/Technical+Specifications).
* Argentina has verifiable credentials as does India.
* The Open Wallet Foundation strongly drives the portable identity and credentials agenda.&#x20;
* Some US states also accept ISO standard mDL (mobile drivers license) credentials (e.g. California).

### Benefits:&#x20;

Opening APIs also allows for multiple market players to build direct and indirect products over it. For example, various user-facing applications can be developed, focusing on different target groups, languages, purposes etc., that allow people to seamlessly provide consent (according to a consent artefact specified) to have their data fetched and shared with third parties.

Verifiable credentials empower both individuals and institutions: they enable people to own their data and allow institutions to focus on delivering efficient last-mile services based on that data.

It is only when we can reliably identify each individual that we can effectively build for each individual. &#x20;

### Summary of the DPI approach to verifiable credentials:&#x20;

<table data-full-width="true"><thead><tr><th>Technical Layer</th><th>Governance Layer</th><th width="155">Market Layer</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td><p>a) Using open specification/standard APIs allow interoperability between data-issuing authorities and any data-consuming authorities</p><p></p><p>b) Embed online/offline machine-readable and digitally signed QR codes on all physical documents</p><p></p><p>c) Digitally sign all documents issued online, this can be done by a department on behalf of multiple agencies, by departments or private entities.</p><p></p><p>d) Allow verifiable credentials to be available through eLockers or Wallets. </p></td><td><p>a) Specify a consent artefact that articulates to the individual what data they are consenting to share, for what purpose, with whom, for how long, and methods to revoke consent</p><p></p><p>b) Self-Regulatory Organizations (SROs) of market players can be set up to monitor user-facing applications dealing with consent. All applications must be data-blind (they cannot access any data, the data-fetch happens behind the scenes, and they are simply for user experience)</p></td><td>a) Allow for multiple applications to be built that cater to different sections of society based on region, language, purpose, etc. </td></tr></tbody></table>

#### <mark style="color:blue;">**Additional Resources on Verifiable Credentials:**</mark>

1. [W3C standards](https://www.w3.org/TR/vc-data-model-2.0/) on VCs
2. [Sunbird RC's wiki](https://docs.sunbirdrc.dev/help/comprehensive-overview-electronic-registries-and-verifiable-credentials/verifiable-credentials) on VCs
3. [DIVOC](https://divoc.digit.org/platform/divocs-verifiable-certificate-features-2.0/creating-a-divoc-certificate/overview-of-divocs-digital-certificates) (a credentialling infra that has issued 20 m+ documents):&#x20;
4. Verifiable credentials [101 deck ](https://drive.google.com/file/d/1iTaME2obM6TFboGxJX6U4y0We2gD-Epg/view)

## Technical Notes

1. [DIDs & PKI in Verifiable Credentials](https://docs.google.com/document/d/1CWG0lScTDpLqCnKQE0_AWM23OniNFRq4P-Gx6W0pDyE/edit?usp=sharing)
2. [Trust Model Mapping - PKI & Decentralised Trust](https://docs.google.com/document/d/1kqIs3KScMTxtChaSCf4kfPIj1R34-iMlG9gm6F3Qf-k/edit?usp=sharing)


# eLockers

A powerful intervention to scale up trusted digital credentials across the ecosystem

### Why is an e-locker essential?&#x20;

Imagine a person, A, who needs to apply for a government job. She travels to metropolitan city Y, to look for jobs while her documents are still safely back home in town X. In a world without an e-locker, the entire process from securing documents to obtaining employment could involve the following:&#x20;

1. She will have to locate the original documents right from birth certificate and identity proof to college transcripts. To do so, she will either have to travel back herself (spending essential time and money) or arrange for someone to courier them to her (risking loss or damage during transit).
2. These documents may have been misplaced over the years due to misfortune or carelessness. The process of reapplying for them could take months. If she tries to apply through an agent to expedite the process, it can open the gates to corruption and misuse of her documentation
3. Once the documents have been secured and submitted, the responsibility will now fall on the agency to verify all information, not just hers but for the thousands of applications submitted to fill the few vacancies. It will be a massive undertaking of labour, money, and time involving paper storage, manual verification and audits. The chances of fraud through misuse of another’s documents or false modification of their own will also remain high&#x20;

Multiple organisations face similar challenges in delivering essential services and opportunities to the public. The process of verification, ensuring that individuals are who they claim to be, is extensive and exhaustive; at least it used to be before the introduction of an e-locker.

<a href="https://vc.cdpi.dev/" class="button primary">Read more on CDPI's VCs knowledge base</a>

### What is an e-locker?&#x20;

An e-locker is an online, verifiable, digital locker application where various government-issued and approved documents are stored. An e-locker provides the following services:&#x20;

1. Anytime, Anywhere Access: Individuals can access documents in a secure, tamper-evident way (through digital signatures and time stamps). Any agency (government, private, or public) can apply to issue or receive documents through an e-locker. They have to be approved by the government to be issuers, and by the individuals to be receivers of their documents.
2. Authentication: All documents are pre-verified and at par with physical original copies. The e-locker can be built on top of a national ID that can uniquely identify every individual to connect them with their data using multifactor authentication-based log-in, or allow log-in based on a mobile number or other verifiable identifier. &#x20;
3. Data Exchange: Granular consent (for a specific time period and purpose) based exchange of documents in machine-readable formats to support low-cost software evaluations of data (such as those offered by a lending algorithm or shortlisting people for jobs).

An e-locker is based on the following principles:&#x20;

1. **Decentralised control, consent-first approach**: It fetches the data from various organisations based on real-time user consent and the unique document or individual ID numbers, rather than storing it in a centralised database.
2. **High-trust, low risk**: The system utilizes the highest government-level security systems such as multi-factor authentication, 2048 bit RSA SSL encryption, ISO 27001 certified data housing, security audits and more, to build a layer of trust between all parties and eliminate fraud. The documents are also protected and guaranteed under the Indian IT Act.
3. **Paperless power sharing**: It steers the cumbersome, paper -intensive and labour-heavy governance systems to a digital era, and allows equitable distribution of power among individuals across all income, educational, and societal levels. It is able to do so by providing multiple options for organisations to integrate, and onboarding for users depending on their own technical capabilities. The goal of DPI is to reduce the digital divide by connecting with them at their current level while elevating them to a common standard. &#x20;
4. **Many apps, many certificates**: Well-designed eLockers should have open APIs for issuers of documents and requestors of documents to power multiple apps to access the credentials based on an open network approach.

In a world with an e-locker, A would have all her documents stored on her smartphone for easy access and sharing. Within a day, she could apply, be verified, selected, and employed by any agency.

Another urgent use-case for an e-locker was storing and verifying an individual's vaccination certificates during the Covid-19 pandemic. The use of e-lockers during this period also demonstrated how easy it would be to store all certifications and documents, ranging from business licence/ registration, to proof of academic history and employment history, to land ownership, individual identity and more.&#x20;

### How does implementing an e-locker benefit a country?&#x20;

By creating a uniform system for retrieval of documents (while keeping storage of data still decentralised) through an e-locker, a government can:

Stimulate the country’s digital economy across sectors (financial institutions, employers, healthcare providers, social sector workers) by providing verification of individuals’ documents. Large-scale adoptions of DPI such as e-lockers also builds public trust in technologies and trigger new innovation in trusted digital services.

Build inclusive systems and structures by eliminating the time, effort, and cost gaps that often dominate the availability of opportunities such as disbursement of health, financial, and social services, which leave the last mile population behind.

Reduce corruption and exploitation by building high-trust systems for the vulnerable sections of society who lack the knowledge and tech-savviness to use private, paid providers (who may not be recognised under the country’s IT Act anyway).

Make it convenient for multiple local, provincial, state, or national departments to provide digitally signed quality digital documents It allows any department to issue digitally signed machine-readable credentials without purchasing their own signing infrastructure while still retaining control over the documents they issue.

Allow organic and asynchronous digital growth in a society by letting different organisations integrate with an e-locker at their own pace..

In India, an MSME portal called Udyam was able to integrate and issue existing certifications for small businesses through e-lockers in just three weeks!

### How does an e-locker work? Tech overview of the system

1. Type of DPI: Data Sharing and Models
2. There are three parties to any interaction: the issuer of documentation, the individual, and the requester of documentation.
3. Issuers upload groups of verified documents in various repositories, and individuals can upload their own self-attested documents in personal e-lockers. Requesters can ask for information from either place.
4. All information can communicate with each other and pass freely in the system because it complies with DLTS specifications, has unique document URIs, and authentication using strongly verifiable identity.
5. When the requester asks for a particular document, it is passed on to the individual who provides a URI of either a repository or their e-locker. The requester uses the DLTS Gateway API to access the document based on the URI. This API call may need one additional consent verification from the individual.
6. The gateway provider will map the URI to an actual URL to draw out the actual documentation and send it back to the requester. Authentication and time-stamping will be automatically conducted in both directions (from gateway to repository and back). Anonymised audit logs will be stored by the gateway and the repository provider. This completes the process.
7. The e-locker has two published sets of open APIs: one for the requestor and one for the issuer.
8. You can also open APIs in any e-locker application so that any application can fetch the credentials in the future (not just the official e-locker application) provided you have verifiable identity credentials that used to log in.  &#x20;

<br>

&#x20;Further reading: S[unbird Registry and Credentials ](https://docs.sunbirdrc.dev/learn/readme) and [DIVOC verifiable credentials ](https://divoc.digit.org/platform/verifiable-credential-vc-production-deployment)

<br>


# Decision Framework for Verifiable Credentials

When governments come to us with questions about Verifiable Credentials, they rarely start with technology. They start with a problem — a border crossing that needs to work offline, an agricultural export certificate that takes weeks to verify, a health credential that must protect patient privacy across jurisdictions.

This framework answers the questions our operations team hears most often from countries implementing digital public infrastructure:

* **Which standard fits my use case?**
* **Which open-source DPG platform do you recommend?**
* **How do these systems interoperate across countries?**

We mapped 12 real-world use cases — from national ID and education to agriculture traceability, and tourism against the six dominant VC standards and four Digital Public Good platforms:&#x20;

**INJI**, **CREDEBL**, **walt.id**, and **QuarkID**.

***

### Resources

#### 🗂️ Standards by Use Case

An interactive reference covering all 13 use cases. Each card shows the recommended standards, the reasoning behind them, and the key technical and regulatory requirements — with indicators for privacy, interoperability, adoption maturity, and offline capability.

[View Standards by Use Case](https://vc-use-cases.cdpi.dev/)

***

#### 📊 VC Stack Comparison

A detailed technical comparison of INJI, CREDEBL, walt.id, and QuarkID across standards support, credential formats, revocation, offline verification, DID methods, and interoperability.

[View VC Stack Comparison](/technical-notes/data-and-credentialing-infra/verifiable-credentials/decision-framework-for-verifiable-credentials/comparative-analysis-of-verifiable-credential-stacks)&#x20;

***

#### 📄 Decision Cheatsheet

A single-page printable reference. Includes the full DPG × Use Case matrix, the six standards at a glance, critical interoperability gaps, and a quick-guide for platform selection.

[View Cheatsheet](https://vc-use-cases.cdpi.dev/vc-cheatsheet.html)


# Comparative Analysis of Verifiable Credential Stacks

### Objective

The primary goal of this comparison is to highlight the unique strengths, technical capabilities, and architectural philosophies of each stack. By analyzing how these platforms handle data, connectivity, and trust, this document aims to guide stakeholders in choosing the solution that best fits their specific use cases—whether those involve government-grade offline identity, enterprise-scale multi-tenancy, or broad European ecosystem compliance.

### Neutrality and Pro Bono Disclaimer

This comparative analysis is conducted on a **pro bono** basis by the Centre for Digital Public Infrastructure. We maintain a **tech-neutral** stance and have not received any financial compensation or "kickbacks" from the analyzed technology providers. Our goal is to support countries in their digital transformation journey, regardless of the specific technology stack they choose to implement.

### Selection of Themes

The technical and operational dimensions explored in this document are not exhaustive. Instead, they represent the **most common themes and challenges** that arise during our country-level consultations. These dimensions were selected to address the specific needs of stakeholders looking for government-grade identity, enterprise scalability, or regulatory compliance.

### Document Structure

The analysis is organized into key technical and operational dimensions:

* **Standards & Data Formats**: An overview of the protocols (e.g., OpenID4VC, W3C) and data structures (e.g., JWT, SD-JWT, mDoc) supported by each provider.
* **Revocation & Security**: An examination of the mechanisms used to invalidate or manage the status of credentials in production environments.
* **Infrastructure & Deployment**: A look at **Multi-Tenancy** capabilities, distinguishing between stacks designed for single-use deployments and those built for scalable SaaS platforms.
* **Operational Connectivity**: A deep dive into **Offline Verification**, assessing how each stack utilizes technologies like BLE, NFC.
* **Trust Anchors**: A comparison of **DID Methods and Blockchain** integrations, ranging from ledger-agnostic web approaches to native Hyperledger Indy or Polygon support.
* **Hosting Options and Licensing:** A look at all implementation models and Licences.
* **Documentation Quality & Sustainability:** Examination of the accessibility of technical guides and the long-term viability.
* **Security, Privacy & Compliance:** how the stacks adhere to security-by-design, cryptographic standards, and regulatory frameworks.

### Assessment Baseline (Version Scope)

| Stack   | Version                            |
| ------- | ---------------------------------- |
| INJI    | Wallet: Mobile (0.21) / Web (0.15) |
| CREDEBL | 2.1                                |
| walt.id | Jan 2026 Release                   |
| QuarkID | Protocol v2.2                      |

### How to Read this Document

Each section includes a Feature Matrix that uses the following visual indicators to allow a quick at-a-glance comparison across stacks:

✅ Full support                                      ⚠️  Partial / In progress                             ❌ Not supported

### 1. Standards Support

**What is it?**&#x20;

These are the technical rules that allow wallets to communicate with each other.

**Importance**

It ensures interoperability. Without common standards, a user with a wallet from one provider couldn't present their credentials to a verifier using another provider

<table><thead><tr><th>Feature</th><th width="86" align="center">INJI</th><th width="122" align="center">CREDEBL</th><th width="102" align="center">walt.id</th><th width="105" align="center">QuarkID</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td><strong>W3C VC Data Model 1.1</strong></td><td align="center">✅</td><td align="center">✅</td><td align="center">✅</td><td align="center">✅</td></tr><tr><td><p><strong>W3C VC Data Model 2.0</strong> </p><p><sub><em>CREDEBL via roadmap; QuarkID partial</em></sub></p></td><td align="center">✅</td><td align="center">⚠️</td><td align="center">✅</td><td align="center">⚠️</td></tr><tr><td><p><strong>OpenID4VCI</strong> </p><p><sub><em>Inji Draft 13; walt.id Draft 11 &#x26; 13</em></sub></p></td><td align="center">✅</td><td align="center">✅</td><td align="center">✅</td><td align="center">✅</td></tr><tr><td><p><strong>OpenID4VP</strong> </p><p><sub><em>Inji Draft 23; walt.id Draft 14 &#x26; 20</em></sub></p></td><td align="center">✅</td><td align="center">✅</td><td align="center">✅</td><td align="center">✅</td></tr><tr><td><strong>IETF SD-JWT VC</strong></td><td align="center">✅</td><td align="center">✅</td><td align="center">✅</td><td align="center">✅</td></tr><tr><td><p><strong>ISO 18013-5 (mDL/mDoc)</strong> </p><p><sub><em>Inji &#x26; CREDEBL in progress; walt.id full</em></sub></p></td><td align="center">⚠️</td><td align="center">⚠️</td><td align="center">✅</td><td align="center">❌</td></tr><tr><td><strong>ISO 18013-7</strong></td><td align="center">❌</td><td align="center">❌</td><td align="center">✅</td><td align="center">❌</td></tr><tr><td><p><strong>DIDComm v2</strong> </p><p><sub><em>CREDEBL via Aries; QuarkID native</em></sub></p></td><td align="center">❌</td><td align="center">✅</td><td align="center">❌</td><td align="center">✅</td></tr><tr><td><strong>SIOPv2</strong></td><td align="center">❌</td><td align="center">❌</td><td align="center">⚠️</td><td align="center">✅</td></tr><tr><td><strong>Hyperledger AnonCreds</strong></td><td align="center">❌</td><td align="center">✅</td><td align="center">❌</td><td align="center">❌</td></tr><tr><td><p><strong>eIDAS 2.0 / EUID ARF</strong> </p><p><sub><em>walt.id only - full alignment</em></sub></p></td><td align="center">❌</td><td align="center">❌</td><td align="center">✅</td><td align="center">❌</td></tr><tr><td><strong>EBSI / ESSIF</strong></td><td align="center">❌</td><td align="center">❌</td><td align="center">✅</td><td align="center">❌</td></tr><tr><td><strong>DIF Presentation Exchange</strong></td><td align="center">⚠️</td><td align="center">✅</td><td align="center">✅</td><td align="center">⚠️</td></tr><tr><td><strong>Trust over IP (ToIP)</strong></td><td align="center">❌</td><td align="center">✅</td><td align="center">❌</td><td align="center">❌</td></tr></tbody></table>

**Differences:**

**Inji** and **walt.id** focus on modern web-friendly standards such as W3C VC 2.0 and OpenID4VCI. **walt.id stands out as the only stack with native, full alignment for the European ecosystem (eIDAS 2.0 and EUID Architecture and Reference Framework).** CREDEBL maintains a robust focus on the Hyperledger Aries ecosystem and DIF protocols, supporting deployments from enterprise scale to national-scale digital trust ecosystems. **QuarkID** acts as a versatile hybrid, supporting modern OpenID flows while adding advanced peer-to-peer security through **DIDComm v2** and **SIOPv2**.

**Implications:**

Using **walt.id** is essential for projects requiring compliance with the **European Union Digital Identity (EUID)** wallet regulations or eIDAS 2.0. **Inji** is highly effective for integration within modern web-based mobile wallets in emerging markets. **CREDEBL** is the better fit for environments requiring the advanced privacy features of the AnonCreds ecosystem. **QuarkID** offers a unique advantage for those needing both standard web flows and highly secure, encrypted messaging between devices, particularly in the Latin American region.

### 2. Data Formats

**What is it?**

&#x20;The technical structure used to package credential information.

**Importance:**

This determines how "heavy" a credential is and what security algorithms it uses.

<table><thead><tr><th>Feature</th><th width="79" align="center">INJI</th><th width="112" align="center">CREDEBL</th><th width="100" align="center">walt.id</th><th width="102" align="center">QuarkID</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td><strong>JSON-LD with Linked Data Proofs</strong></td><td align="center">✅</td><td align="center">✅</td><td align="center">✅</td><td align="center">✅</td></tr><tr><td><strong>JWT (JWS)</strong></td><td align="center">✅</td><td align="center">✅</td><td align="center">✅</td><td align="center">✅</td></tr><tr><td><strong>SD-JWT</strong></td><td align="center">✅</td><td align="center">✅</td><td align="center">✅</td><td align="center">✅</td></tr><tr><td><strong>ISO mDoc (CBOR / 18013-5)</strong></td><td align="center">⚠️</td><td align="center">⚠️</td><td align="center">✅</td><td align="center">❌</td></tr><tr><td><strong>AnonCreds / ZKP-CL</strong></td><td align="center">❌</td><td align="center">✅</td><td align="center">❌</td><td align="center">❌</td></tr><tr><td><strong>ZKP (other - BBS+ / etc.)</strong></td><td align="center">❌</td><td align="center">❌</td><td align="center">❌</td><td align="center">✅</td></tr><tr><td><strong>Ed25519</strong></td><td align="center">✅</td><td align="center">✅</td><td align="center">✅</td><td align="center">✅</td></tr><tr><td><strong>secp256k1 / secp256r1</strong></td><td align="center">✅</td><td align="center">✅</td><td align="center">✅</td><td align="center">⚠️</td></tr><tr><td><strong>RSA</strong></td><td align="center">✅</td><td align="center">❌</td><td align="center">✅</td><td align="center">❌</td></tr><tr><td><strong>Decentralized Web Nodes (DWN)</strong></td><td align="center">❌</td><td align="center">❌</td><td align="center">❌</td><td align="center">✅</td></tr></tbody></table>

**Differences:**

**walt.id** offers the greatest versatility by supporting mobile identity formats like **mDoc (ISO 18013-5)**. **CREDEBL** specializes in **AnonCreds (ZKP)** signatures, while **Inji** prioritizes JSON-LD with Linked Data Proofs. **QuarkID** strengthens this category by offering support for **ZKP (Zero-Knowledge Proofs)** and modern formats like **SD-JWT**.

**Implications:**

Choosing **walt.id** allows an organization to issue digital driver’s licenses compatible with international transport standards. **CREDEBL** provides superior data protection through Zero-Knowledge Proofs, which allow users to prove attributes without revealing unnecessary underlying data.

### 3. Revocation Capabilities

**What is it?**&#x20;

The mechanism used to invalidate a credential before its expiration date.

**Importance**

This is vital for **trust**. A system without efficient revocation is not viable for legal or high-security use cases.

<table><thead><tr><th>Feature</th><th width="80" align="center">INJI</th><th width="111" align="center">CREDEBL</th><th width="100" align="center">walt.id</th><th width="103" align="center">QuarkID</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td><p><strong>Bitstring Status List (v1.0)</strong></p><p><sub><em>Inji experimental</em></sub></p></td><td align="center">⚠️</td><td align="center">✅</td><td align="center">✅</td><td align="center">✅</td></tr><tr><td><p><strong>StatusList2021 (W3C)</strong> </p><p><sub><em>Inji JSON-LD only</em></sub></p></td><td align="center">⚠️</td><td align="center">✅</td><td align="center">✅</td><td align="center">❌</td></tr><tr><td><strong>RevocationList2020</strong></td><td align="center">❌</td><td align="center">❌</td><td align="center">✅</td><td align="center">❌</td></tr><tr><td><p><strong>IETF Token Status List</strong> </p><p><sub><em>CREDEBL for SD-JWT &#x26; ISO mDoc</em></sub></p></td><td align="center">❌</td><td align="center">✅</td><td align="center">✅</td><td align="center">❌</td></tr><tr><td><p><strong>AnonCreds tails + accumulators</strong> </p><p><sub><em>CREDEBL production-ready</em></sub></p></td><td align="center">❌</td><td align="center">✅</td><td align="center">❌</td><td align="center">❌</td></tr><tr><td><strong>On-chain revocation registry</strong></td><td align="center">❌</td><td align="center">✅</td><td align="center">❌</td><td align="center">✅</td></tr><tr><td><strong>Suspension (separate purpose)</strong></td><td align="center">❌</td><td align="center">❌</td><td align="center">✅</td><td align="center">⚠️</td></tr><tr><td><strong>Custom status reasons via policy</strong></td><td align="center">❌</td><td align="center">❌</td><td align="center">✅</td><td align="center">⚠️</td></tr><tr><td><strong>Self-hosted API endpoint</strong></td><td align="center">✅</td><td align="center">✅</td><td align="center">✅</td><td align="center">✅</td></tr></tbody></table>

**Differences:**&#x20;

**CREDEBL** stands out with the broadest multi-format revocation coverage: a production-ready solution based on "tails files" and accumulators for AnonCreds, plus IETF Token Status List support for SD-JWT and ISO mDoc credentials. This makes CREDEBL the only stack with production-grade revocation across all three major credential formats. **Inji** is currently in an experimental phase with Bitstring Status Lists. **walt.id** and **QuarkID** implement the more modern IETF Token/Bitstring Status Lists.

**Implications:**

For large-scale deployments that require the ability to invalidate thousands of credentials instantly, **CREDEBL** offers the most mature architecture. **walt.id** and **QuarkID** provide the most flexibility for defining custom status reasons (such as suspension) via policy.

### 4. Multi-Tenancy

**What is it?**

The ability for a single software installation to serve multiple independent clients or organizations securely

**Importance**

It reduces operational costs and complexity. It allows an organization to provide Credentials Issuing Service to various sub-departments or external clients

<table><thead><tr><th>Feature</th><th width="76" align="center">INJI</th><th width="111" align="center">CREDEBL</th><th width="97" align="center">walt.id</th><th width="103" align="center">QuarkID</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td><p><strong>Full multi-tenant architecture</strong> </p><p><sub><em>walt.id Enterprise Stack only</em></sub></p></td><td align="center">❌</td><td align="center">✅</td><td align="center">⚠️</td><td align="center">✅</td></tr><tr><td><strong>Shared agents (multi-tenant)</strong></td><td align="center">❌</td><td align="center">✅</td><td align="center">⚠️</td><td align="center">✅</td></tr><tr><td><strong>Dedicated agents (single-tenant)</strong></td><td align="center">✅</td><td align="center">✅</td><td align="center">✅</td><td align="center">✅</td></tr><tr><td><strong>Tenant-specific configurations</strong></td><td align="center">❌</td><td align="center">✅</td><td align="center">⚠️</td><td align="center">✅</td></tr><tr><td><strong>White-labeling / sub-accounts</strong></td><td align="center">❌</td><td align="center">❌</td><td align="center">⚠️</td><td align="center">✅</td></tr><tr><td><strong>Designed for SaaS deployments</strong></td><td align="center">❌</td><td align="center">✅</td><td align="center">⚠️</td><td align="center">✅</td></tr><tr><td><strong>Agent-agnostic architecture</strong></td><td align="center">❌</td><td align="center">✅</td><td align="center">⚠️</td><td align="center">❌</td></tr><tr><td><p><strong>National-scale deployment support</strong> </p><p><sub><em>Inji &#x26; CREDEBL proven at national scale</em></sub></p></td><td align="center">✅</td><td align="center">✅</td><td align="center">❌</td><td align="center">⚠️</td></tr></tbody></table>

**Differences CREDEBL** and **QuarkID** were designed specifically for **SaaS deployments**, allowing for the management of multiple clients through shared or dedicated agents. **Inji** is typically limited to a single issuer per deployment. **walt.id** provides this capability through its Enterprise Stack.

**Implications**

If your goal is to build a platform that offers "Credentialing as a Service" to third parties, **CREDEBL** or **QuarkID** are the most viable technical choices. It is equally important to note that **CREDEBL** also supports large-scale dedicated deployments for national government programs, not only SaaS models. **Inji** would be more expensive to scale in a multi-tenant SaaS scenario as it requires a separate instance for every client/issuer.

### 5. Offline Verification

**What is it?** The ability to present and validate an identity even when the issuer, user, or verifier does not have an active internet connection.

**Importance**

Critical for border control, rural areas, or emergency situations where connectivity is unreliable.

<table><thead><tr><th>Feature</th><th width="80" align="center">INJI</th><th width="116" align="center">CREDEBL</th><th width="98" align="center">walt.id</th><th width="106" align="center">QuarkID</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td><p><strong>BLE (Bluetooth Low Energy)</strong> </p><p><sub><em>Inji via Tuvali protocol</em></sub></p></td><td align="center">✅</td><td align="center">❌</td><td align="center">⚠️</td><td align="center">✅</td></tr><tr><td><strong>NFC</strong></td><td align="center">❌</td><td align="center">❌</td><td align="center">✅</td><td align="center">❌</td></tr><tr><td><strong>Wi-Fi Aware (mDL)</strong></td><td align="center">❌</td><td align="center">❌</td><td align="center">✅</td><td align="center">❌</td></tr><tr><td><strong>QR Code offline verification</strong></td><td align="center">✅</td><td align="center">✅</td><td align="center">✅</td><td align="center">✅</td></tr><tr><td><p><strong>PixelPass QR compression</strong> </p><p><sub><em>Inji exclusive</em></sub></p></td><td align="center">✅</td><td align="center">❌</td><td align="center">❌</td><td align="center">❌</td></tr><tr><td><p><strong>Offline face authentication</strong> </p><p><sub><em>Inji exclusive</em></sub></p></td><td align="center">✅</td><td align="center">❌</td><td align="center">❌</td><td align="center">❌</td></tr><tr><td><strong>AnonCreds offline predicates</strong></td><td align="center">❌</td><td align="center">✅</td><td align="center">❌</td><td align="center">❌</td></tr><tr><td><strong>Status list caching</strong></td><td align="center">❌</td><td align="center">❌</td><td align="center">✅</td><td align="center">⚠️</td></tr><tr><td><strong>Works without internet</strong></td><td align="center">✅</td><td align="center">❌</td><td align="center">⚠️</td><td align="center">✅</td></tr></tbody></table>

**Differences:**

**Inji** leads this section with native support for **Bluetooth Low Energy (BLE)** and offline face authentication. **QuarkID** matches this with peer-to-peer sharing via BLE and offline-scannable QR codes. **CREDEBL** relies primarily on online agent connectivity for verification.

**Implications:**

The primary advantage of **Inji** and **QuarkID** is their ability to function in government identity programs in low-connectivity areas where face-to-face verification is a **non-negotiable** requirement.

### 6. DID Methods & Blockchain

**What is it?**&#x20;

This defines where the root of trust for the identity lives (e.g., a web domain, a specific blockchain like Ethereum, etc).

**Importance:**

It determines the level of decentralization, cost, and censorship resistance of the system.

<table><thead><tr><th>Feature</th><th width="75" align="center">INJI</th><th width="112" align="center">CREDEBL</th><th width="96" align="center">walt.id</th><th width="102" align="center">QuarkID</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td><strong>did:web</strong></td><td align="center">✅</td><td align="center">✅</td><td align="center">✅</td><td align="center">✅</td></tr><tr><td><strong>did:key</strong></td><td align="center">✅</td><td align="center">✅</td><td align="center">✅</td><td align="center">✅</td></tr><tr><td><strong>did:jwk</strong></td><td align="center">✅</td><td align="center">❌</td><td align="center">✅</td><td align="center">❌</td></tr><tr><td><strong>did:peer</strong></td><td align="center">❌</td><td align="center">✅</td><td align="center">❌</td><td align="center">✅</td></tr><tr><td><strong>did:indy (Hyperledger Indy)</strong></td><td align="center">❌</td><td align="center">✅</td><td align="center">❌</td><td align="center">❌</td></tr><tr><td><strong>did:ebsi (EBSI/ESSIF)</strong></td><td align="center">❌</td><td align="center">❌</td><td align="center">✅</td><td align="center">❌</td></tr><tr><td><strong>did:cheqd</strong></td><td align="center">❌</td><td align="center">❌</td><td align="center">✅</td><td align="center">❌</td></tr><tr><td><strong>Polygon blockchain</strong></td><td align="center">❌</td><td align="center">✅</td><td align="center">⚠️</td><td align="center">✅</td></tr><tr><td><p><strong>zkSync Era / Rootstock / ETH</strong> </p><p><sub><em>QuarkID multichain EVM</em></sub></p></td><td align="center">❌</td><td align="center">❌</td><td align="center">❌</td><td align="center">✅</td></tr><tr><td><p><strong>X.509 Certificate Trust Anchoring</strong> </p><p><sub><em>CREDEBL: Trust Chain &#x26; Trust Registry</em></sub></p></td><td align="center">❌</td><td align="center">✅</td><td align="center">⚠️</td><td align="center">❌</td></tr><tr><td><strong>Ecosystem Governance framework</strong> <sub><em>CREDEBL: incl. IATA Travel PoC</em></sub></td><td align="center">❌</td><td align="center">✅</td><td align="center">⚠️</td><td align="center">⚠️</td></tr><tr><td><strong>Ledger-agnostic / custom VDR</strong></td><td align="center">✅</td><td align="center">✅</td><td align="center">✅</td><td align="center">❌</td></tr><tr><td><strong>No blockchain dependency</strong></td><td align="center">✅</td><td align="center">❌</td><td align="center">✅</td><td align="center">❌</td></tr></tbody></table>

**Differences:**&#x20;

**CREDEBL** has the deepest integration with traditional identity blockchains like **Hyperledger Indy** and Polygon, but also with x.509 Certificate-base trust anchoring. **Inji** and **walt.id** adopt a "blockchain-minimal" approach, prioritizing web-based methods like **did:web**. **QuarkID** leverages public EVM-compatible chains like **Polygon** to provide transparency without the complexity of private ledgers.

**Implications:**

**CREDEBL** is the preferred choice for organizations that need flexible trust governance: whether based on private distributed ledgers (Hyperledger Indy, Polygon), existing PKI infrastructure (X.509 certificates), or a structured ecosystem governance framework with a Trust Registry. **QuarkID** is ideal for those wanting public immutable transparency. **Inji** and **walt.id** offer easier integration with current web infrastructure, avoiding a hard dependency on a specific blockchain network.

### 7. Hosting Options & Licensing

**What is it?** The legal framework (license) and physical deployment models (Cloud/On-premise) available for the stack

**Importance:**

Determines the total cost of ownership, legal freedom to modify/redistribute, and the level of sovereignty over data residency.

<table><thead><tr><th>Feature</th><th width="106" align="center">INJI</th><th width="118" align="center">CREDEBL</th><th width="108" align="center">walt.id</th><th width="110" align="center">QuarkID</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td><strong>Cloud deployment</strong></td><td align="center">✅</td><td align="center">✅</td><td align="center">✅</td><td align="center">✅</td></tr><tr><td><strong>On-premise deployment</strong></td><td align="center">✅</td><td align="center">✅</td><td align="center">✅</td><td align="center">✅</td></tr><tr><td><p><strong>Sovereign cloud support</strong> </p><p><sub><em>walt.id places specific emphasis</em></sub></p></td><td align="center">⚠️</td><td align="center">⚠️</td><td align="center">✅</td><td align="center">⚠️</td></tr><tr><td><strong>MIT License</strong></td><td align="center">✅</td><td align="center">❌</td><td align="center">❌</td><td align="center">❌</td></tr><tr><td><strong>Apache 2.0 License</strong></td><td align="center">❌</td><td align="center">✅</td><td align="center">✅</td><td align="center">✅</td></tr><tr><td><strong>Enterprise edition available</strong></td><td align="center">❌</td><td align="center">⚠️</td><td align="center">✅</td><td align="center">⚠️</td></tr><tr><td><p><strong>Foundation-backed</strong> </p><p><sub><em>MOSIP &#x26; Linux Foundation respectively</em></sub></p></td><td align="center">✅</td><td align="center">✅</td><td align="center">❌</td><td align="center">❌</td></tr></tbody></table>

**Differences**

Most stacks utilize the **Apache 2.0** license, while **INJI** uses the even more permissive MIT license. All support flexible hosting, but walt.id places a specific emphasis on "sovereign cloud" environments.

**Implications**

High flexibility for governments to maintain data sovereignty through on-premise hosting across all stacks. The choice of **MIT** vs. **Apache 2.0** primarily affects how organizations can redistribute modified versions of the core software.

### 8. Documentation Quality & Sustainability&#x20;

**What is it?**

The accessibility of technical guides and the long-term viability/funding of the project.

**Importance:**

High-quality documentation reduces implementation time; project sustainability ensures long-term maintenance and updates.

<table><thead><tr><th>Feature</th><th width="110" align="center">INJI</th><th width="113" align="center">CREDEBL</th><th width="106" align="center">walt.id</th><th width="112" align="center">QuarkID</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td><strong>Extensive developer documentation</strong></td><td align="center">✅</td><td align="center">⚠️</td><td align="center">✅</td><td align="center">⚠️</td></tr><tr><td><strong>API reference docs</strong></td><td align="center">✅</td><td align="center">✅</td><td align="center">✅</td><td align="center">⚠️</td></tr><tr><td><strong>Quickstart / sandbox guides</strong></td><td align="center">✅</td><td align="center">⚠️</td><td align="center">✅</td><td align="center">❌</td></tr><tr><td><strong>Active developer community</strong></td><td align="center">✅</td><td align="center">✅</td><td align="center">✅</td><td align="center">⚠️</td></tr><tr><td><p><strong>Foundation / institutional backing</strong> </p><p><sub><em>MOSIP &#x26; Linux Foundation</em></sub></p></td><td align="center">✅</td><td align="center">✅</td><td align="center">❌</td><td align="center">⚠️</td></tr><tr><td><strong>Regular release cadence</strong></td><td align="center">✅</td><td align="center">✅</td><td align="center">✅</td><td align="center">⚠️</td></tr><tr><td><strong>Open roadmap published</strong></td><td align="center">⚠️</td><td align="center">⚠️</td><td align="center">✅</td><td align="center">❌</td></tr></tbody></table>

**Differences**&#x20;

**walt.id** currently offers the most structured documentation for developers. **INJI** and **CREDEBL** benefit from the long-term stability of major international foundations (MOSIP and Linux Foundation).

**Implications**

Projects with stronger institutional or foundation backing (Inji, CREDEBL) offer higher long-term peace of mind for national-scale infrastructure.

### 9. Security, Privacy, & Compliance

**What is it?**&#x20;

Adherence to security-by-design, cryptographic standards, and regulatory frameworks.

**Importance**

Essential for protecting citizen data and meeting legal requirements (such as GDPR or national data laws).

<table><thead><tr><th width="335.20001220703125">Feature</th><th width="87" align="center">INJI</th><th width="108.5999755859375" align="center">CREDEBL</th><th width="98.7999267578125" align="center">walt.id</th><th width="104" align="center">QuarkID</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td><strong>Security-by-design principles</strong></td><td align="center">✅</td><td align="center">✅</td><td align="center">✅</td><td align="center">✅</td></tr><tr><td><strong>Key management infrastructure</strong></td><td align="center">⚠️</td><td align="center">⚠️</td><td align="center">✅</td><td align="center">⚠️</td></tr><tr><td><strong>Auditability / audit trails</strong></td><td align="center">⚠️</td><td align="center">⚠️</td><td align="center">✅</td><td align="center">⚠️</td></tr><tr><td><strong>GDPR-aligned design</strong></td><td align="center">⚠️</td><td align="center">✅</td><td align="center">✅</td><td align="center">⚠️</td></tr><tr><td><strong>eIDAS 2.0 compliance-ready</strong></td><td align="center">❌</td><td align="center">❌</td><td align="center">✅</td><td align="center">❌</td></tr><tr><td><strong>ZKP / selective disclosure</strong></td><td align="center">❌</td><td align="center">✅</td><td align="center">⚠️</td><td align="center">✅</td></tr><tr><td><strong>Hardware security module (HSM)</strong></td><td align="center">❌</td><td align="center">⚠️</td><td align="center">✅</td><td align="center">❌</td></tr><tr><td><p><strong>Biometric authentication</strong> </p><p><sub><em>Inji offline face auth</em></sub></p></td><td align="center">✅</td><td align="center">❌</td><td align="center">❌</td><td align="center">❌</td></tr><tr><td><p><strong>Govt-grade hardening (out-of-box)</strong> </p><p><sub><em>All stacks require implementer hardening</em></sub></p></td><td align="center">⚠️</td><td align="center">⚠️</td><td align="center">⚠️</td><td align="center">⚠️</td></tr></tbody></table>

**Differences**&#x20;

**walt.id** provides the most comprehensive focus on compliance-ready features like auditability. The other stacks prioritize core cryptographic security, leaving specific regulatory "hardening" to the implementer.

**Implications**&#x20;

**walt.id** is particularly well-suited for highly regulated environments (like the EU) where auditability and key management are primary requirements. For other stacks, governments should allocate resources specifically for security hardening during the deployment phase.

### **🔑 Overall Key Distinctions:**&#x20;

**INJI excels at offline capabilities** with BLE and face authentication, making it ideal for low-connectivity environments and government identity programs. Strong focus on mobile-first experience. Takes a blockchain-minimal approach with web-based DIDs.  **So consider Inji if you need a mobile-first solution for government programs in low-connectivity environments.**

**CREDEBL** provides the most comprehensive multi-tenancy and enterprise features, supporting both traditional SSI (AnonCreds) and modern standards. Best for organizations building SaaS platforms or managing multiple clients. **Strongest blockchain support** with native Hyperledger Indy and Polygon integration, ideal for ledger-based implementations. **So consider CREDEBL if you are building population-scale digital trust ecosystems — including Decentralized National ID, Digital Travel Credentials, Academic Credentials, eKYC, or Health Data Exchange — with a focus on self-sovereign identity, privacy-preserving architectures, and local data protection requirements.**

**walt.id** offers the most complete standards compliance across both stacks (Community & Enterprise), with strong eIDAS 2.0 alignment. Enterprise Stack provides production-ready multi-tenancy with extensive management tools. **Broadest DID method support** with focus on European ecosystem (EBSI) and extensibility. **So consider walt.id if you need maximum standards compliance, alignment with European regulations (eIDAS), and high extensibility.**&#x20;

**QuarkID** stands out as a versatile hybrid that balances modern web standards (OpenID4VC) with advanced peer-to-peer security through DIDComm v2. It offers native multi-tenancy for SaaS models and leverages public EVM-compatible chains like Polygon to provide transparency without the complexity of private ledgers. **So consider QuarkId if you want a balanced, multi-tenant platform that combines public blockchain transparency with high-security encrypted messaging**


# DIDs & PKI in Verifiable Credentials

DIDs provide a way to establish cryptographically verifiable digital identities without relying on a central authority. When used with verifiable credentials, they create a trust framework that's both

### **Credential Issuance**

1. **Identity Establishment**: Both issuer and holder create their DIDs. Each DID is associated with a public-private key pair, where the DID document contains the public key.
2. **Claim Assembly**: The issuer prepares the credential claims (attributes about the holder) and includes their own DID as the issuer and the holder's DID as the subject.
3. **Credential Formation**: The issuer creates a verifiable credential document that includes:
   * The claims about the holder
   * Metadata (issuance date, expiration date, etc.)
   * The issuer's DID
   * The holder's DID

### **Credential Signing**

1. **Hash Generation**: The issuer generates a cryptographic hash of the credential content.
2. **Digital Signature**: The issuer signs this hash using their private key associated with their DID.
3. **Proof Addition**: The signature (proof) is attached to the credential, typically in a format like a JSON-LD proof.
4. **Issuance**: The complete signed credential is provided to the holder, who stores it in their digital wallet.

### **Credential Verification**

1. **Presentation**: When verification is needed, the holder creates a verifiable presentation containing the credential, optionally signs it with their private key, and shares it with a verifier.
2. **DID Resolution**: The verifier resolves the issuer's DID to retrieve the associated DID document containing the issuer's public key.
3. **Signature Verification**: The verifier uses the issuer's public key to verify that the signature on the credential is valid and was created by the claimed issuer.
4. **Validation Checks**: The verifier confirms:
   * The credential hasn't expired
   * The credential hasn't been revoked (often via a registry or status service)
   * The credential schema is valid
   * The issuer is trusted for this type of credential

This process establishes a trust triangle between issuer, holder, and verifier without requiring them to interact directly or rely on a central authority.

## **DIDs vs. Traditional PKI in Verifiable Credentials**

Traditional Public Key Infrastructure (PKI) and DID-based systems both provide ways to verify identities and authenticate data, but they differ significantly in their approach, trust model, and flexibility.

### **Fundamental Differences**

#### **Trust Model**

* **Traditional PKI**: Hierarchical trust with Certificate Authorities (CAs) at the top. Trust flows downward through a chain of certificates.
* **DID**: Decentralized trust without a central authority. Each entity can create and manage their own identifier independently.

#### **Identity Control**

* **Traditional PKI**: Identities are issued by and dependent on third parties (CAs). The CA can revoke certificates unilaterally.
* **DID**: Self-sovereign identity where individuals create and control their own identifiers. No external entity can revoke your DID.

#### **Discovery Mechanism**

* **Traditional PKI**: Certificate directories or authority lookup services.
* **DID**: DID resolvers that can find DID Documents through various methods (blockchains, distributed ledgers, decentralized networks).

### **Specific Differences in Credential Workflows**

#### **Issuance**

* **PKI**:
  * Requires obtaining a certificate from a CA
  * Identity validation often requires human intervention or documentation
  * Typically involves payment to a CA
* **DID**:
  * Anyone can generate their own DID instantly without approval
  * No inherent cost to create a basic DID
  * Multiple methods ("DID methods") for creating identifiers using different technologies

#### **Signing**

* **PKI**:
  * Signs with private key associated with a CA-issued certificate
  * Certificate includes identity information embedded within it
  * Signatures are validated against the CA hierarchy
* **DID**:
  * Signs with private key referenced in the DID Document
  * Identity information is separate from verification methods
  * Signatures are validated using public keys from the DID Document

#### **Verification**

* **PKI**:
  * Verifies through certificate chains up to a trusted root CA
  * Often requires certificate revocation checking through CRLs or OCSP
  * Trust is determined by browser/OS-included root certificates
* **DID**:
  * Resolves DID to retrieve the DID Document with verification methods
  * May check revocation through method-specific mechanisms
  * Trust is contextual and determined by the verifier's trust framework

### **Technical Implementation Differences**

* **Key Management**:
  * PKI typically uses X.509 certificates with predefined fields
  * DIDs use flexible key representation defined in DID Documents
* **Cryptographic Flexibility**:
  * PKI generally relies on specific algorithms (often RSA, ECDSA)
  * DIDs support varied cryptographic methods and can be updated over time
* **Protocols**:
  * PKI uses protocols like PKIX, OCSP, and CRL
  * DIDs use HTTP-based resolution, ledger queries, or other method-specific resolution
* **Proof Format**:
  * PKI typically uses PKCS formats
  * DIDs often use JSON-LD Proofs or other web-native formats

DIDs and PKI can also be complementary - some DID methods use PKI principles internally, and some credential systems combine elements of both approaches.

In a DID system, anyone can technically create a DID and issue credentials, but several mechanisms prevent effective impersonation:

### **Preventing Issuer Impersonation**

#### **1. DID Control and Ownership**

* Each DID has unique cryptographic keys that only the controller possesses
* You cannot create a credential that verifies against another issuer's DID unless you have their private keys
* Creating your own DID doesn't allow you to impersonate an existing issuer

#### **2. Trust Registries and Frameworks**

* Verifiers typically maintain or reference "trust lists" of authorized issuer DIDs
* These registries map known organizations to their authorized DIDs
* A credential from an unknown or untrusted DID would be rejected

#### **3. Verifiable Issuer Credentials**

* Legitimate issuers often have their own verifiable credentials from higher authorities
* Example: A university might have a credential from an accreditation body
* These create chains of trust similar to certificate chains in PKI

#### **4. Domain Linkage**

* Many DID methods support cryptographically linking DIDs to web domains
* Services like DID Configuration and Well-Known DID Configuration allow domain owners to prove they control specific DIDs
* Verifiers check that credentials come from DIDs linked to expected domains

#### **5. Reputation Systems**

* Some ecosystems implement reputation scoring for issuers
* Historical verification of legitimate credentials builds trust over time

### **Real-World Example**

If someone tries to impersonate a university:

1. They create their own DID (not the university's actual DID)
2. They issue credentials listing themselves as the university
3. When a verifier checks the credential:
   * They resolve the issuer's DID and find it's not on their trusted list for that university
   * The DID isn't linked to the university's domain
   * The issuer has no verifiable credentials from educational accreditation bodies

The impersonation fails not because they can't create DIDs or credentials, but because verifiers implement trust frameworks that reject credentials from untrusted sources.

This highlights why the verifier's role in establishing what DIDs they trust is crucial - it's similar to how browsers decide which certificate authorities to trust in PKI, but more flexible and contextual.

### **Offline DID verification**

### For DID Web (Decentralized Identifiers on the Web), offline verification works through a combination of cryptographic techniques and local verification of previously downloaded data. Here's how it typically functions:

1. **Pre-fetching of DID Documents**: Before going offline, the verifier needs to download the DID document from the web location specified in the DID (typically at `https://{domain}/.well-known/did.json`).
2. **Cryptographic Material Storage**: The DID document contains public keys and verification methods that are stored locally by the verifier.
3. **Verification Process**:
   * When presented with a credential, the offline verifier extracts the issuer's DID
   * It checks its local cache for the corresponding DID document
   * It uses the public keys from that document to verify the digital signature on the credential
   * No internet connection is needed during this verification step
4. **Trust Model**: The verifier must trust that the cached DID document was valid when downloaded and that it hasn't been revoked or updated since.
5. **Limitations**:
   * Cannot check for revocation status in real-time
   * Cannot verify freshly issued credentials from issuers whose DID documents weren't pre-cached
   * Cannot detect if the issuer has rotated keys since the DID document was cached

This approach works well for scenarios with predictable issuers and where occasional connectivity is available to update the cache of DID documents. For higher security requirements, periodic online synchronization is recommended to refresh the cached documents.

[Inji sample deployment architecture using PKI](https://cdpi-tech-arc-resources.s3.ap-south-1.amazonaws.com/Inji+PKI.svg)

[Inji sample deployment architecture using DID](https://cdpi-tech-arc-resources.s3.ap-south-1.amazonaws.com/Inji+DID.svg)


# Data standards

A key technology enabler in data exchange

As systems become more digitized, solving incompatibilities between data from different systems can be expensive and time-consuming. A key precursor to interoperability is a shared understanding of the meaning of data used in communication. Data standards refer to the guidelines that dictate how data should be documented and recorded. These standards are essential for the effective exchange, sharing, and comprehension of data, as they ensure both the syntax (structure) and the semantics (meaning) of the data are uniform. By establishing clear definitions and expected formats for data, data standards facilitate the creation, sharing, and integration of data. They also play a crucial role in eliminating uncertainties and inconsistencies in data usage.&#x20;

Some examples of data standards are ISO 10962 Classification of Financial Instruments, [ICD 10](https://icd.who.int/browse10/2019/en),[ LOINC](https://loinc.org/)  in healthcare, [FI information standards](https://api.rebit.org.in/) in Account Aggregator, and many more!

Many of these standards are extendable implying countries can adopt some of these global standards as a base and contextualize it to suit their local requirements.

Any country on the journey of adopting a national standard can use adaptors (to solve incompatibility issues in the interim) to hasten the process. As harmonizing data standards used by all institutions is a behemoth task, multiple data standards can **co-exist as long as they are self-identifying**.


# Non-personal Anonymised Datasets

Guidelines for for Decision Making & Research

**Background**

Publicly available anonymized datasets are collections of data that have undergone a process of data anonymization, which preserves the analytical and research value of data while maintaining the anonymity of any data subjects. The purpose of this process is to protect individuals' privacy by removing personally identifiable information (PII), such as names, addresses, and social security numbers, while still making available data containing important insights for policy, administrative, research, or trends assessments across various sectors. Non-personal data includes the above as well as data that had no personal information to begin with (such as public GIS location, regional/national socio-economic indicators, weather, or aggregated tax collections).

These datasets can be made freely available to the public to encourage innovation, promote transparency, or assist in scientific research. For example, public anonymized datasets can be useful in training machine learning (ML) models, analysing aggregated health data to understand disease patterns, devising informed care plans, and designing clinical trials for drug development. They facilitate algorithm training without privacy breaches, inform healthcare strategies, optimise trial protocols, and expedite drug discovery while upholding privacy and ethical standards.

To ensure success at scale, it is important to note that a centralised approach to aggregated datasets may be difficult to scale since every entity will be required to upload their datasets onto a single platform and they may be hesitant to part with their data. Even if they do share their data, ensuring it is regularly updated and synced to the main system would be an uphill task. A simpler approach is to **create an open network policy for anonymized data sharing**. Entities can engage the help of any technology provider and join the network to share their data under their own brand. This would give them **recognition and control over their own datasets** and make it easier to keep them updated over the long term. The choice of whether the data would be freely available at a cost could be a policy decision and the network would support both models.

#### Design Principles for crafting open data sets&#x20;

1. <mark style="background-color:purple;">**Federation by design:**</mark> Rather than striving for a single centralised data repository covering all relevant data for the sector, it may be more pragmatic to continue to foster an ecosystem where multiple such datasets and data providers exist (even across multiple portals/platforms), each contributing to a broader pool of knowledge available to multiple innovators. It is crucial to note that harmonising the data schemas across all units isn't necessarily required, as long as each data publishing entity publishes the data schema used by their dataset.&#x20;
2. <mark style="background-color:purple;">**Privacy by design**</mark> to protect individual identity at all times: Small datasets require special attention when sharing aggregated results to ensure de-anonymization is not possible.
3. <mark style="background-color:purple;">**Open Access:**</mark> It is key to ensure that each dataset is made openly available for others to leverage and reuse effectively through transparent policies.&#x20;
4. <mark style="background-color:purple;">**Open Standards:**</mark> Promoting open standards for data sharing is key to enabling ease of reuse by software algorithms that access and analyse data. Open data schemas and APIs facilitate seamless access to data from multiple sources.

#### Decentralised non-personal data network

Accessing data is also a set of services that can be **facilitated by APIs according to a standardized protocol** for “discovery and fulfilment” of any good or service. A decentralized “non-personal data access network” designed to facilitate access based on unified standards via a protocol such as [Beckn](https://becknprotocol.io/) can enable the following data access services through standard APIs:

1. Discovery of various types of datasets across various agencies and entities (public and private).
2. Licensing and Contracting: Dataset license conditions vary, and both parties should contract before download or access.
3. Download and Access: Access methods range from dataset downloads to data-as-a-service models employing confidential computing. Advanced computing methods may establish data sandboxes instead of straightforward availability to enable deep learning networks for model training.
4. Pricing: While some data may be freely accessible, not all datasets are public or free. Public data is typically expected to be freely accessible, but certain analytics can also be made available at a price point. Pricing enables transparency for all players to make informed decisions and supports a sustainable ecosystem.
5. Update/Feedback cycles: Implementing automatic dataset update notifications ensures timely feedback cycles (for example, yearly), enhancing data relevance over time.

All of these processes occur across diverse agencies publishing data product/service catalogues within a decentralized network. This is crucial for ensuring that both public and private datasets are accessible within a unified decentralized framework.&#x20;

The aforementioned architecture pertains to non-personal data (NPD) across public and private systems, whether through download/access or confidential computing models. All operations are decentralized, allowing dataset services to be managed and updated by agencies worldwide.

#### Reference Examples

1. [Language training datasets](https://bhashini.gov.in/ulca/model/benchmark-datasets) for Indian local language models for training and benchmarking.

Note:&#x20;

*Personal data sharing is not within the scope of this document. Personal and Non-personal data sharing require two different approaches across architecture, policy and governance frameworks.*\
*Consent to opt in to share data for anonymization is assumed to be part of the data sharing governance and policies of the source systems/platforms/entities and is outside the scope of this document.*\
\
\ <br>


# Building Data Analytics Pipelines

Imagine you’re a technical analyst or decision-maker wanting to better understand and predict regional migration flows. To do that, you would need to collect and integrate anonymized data from different national open portals and internal management systems to generate regional data intelligence.

What would you need to consider in your data analytics architecture? This exact question was asked by an international cooperation agency. Here are some insights from that exchange that can apply to any other data management initiative.

When it comes to sharing data, the approach varies by region. Some adhere to open data policies, allowing for the free distribution of datasets, while others might implement additional controls based on data sensitivity.

The architecture for processing these datasets typically involves data pipelines, which can be custom-built, adopted from open-source projects, or sourced from licensed solutions.

With anonymized datasets readily available through open portals, the orchestration of technical actions to process data in real time becomes the main challenge. This is what we call the Data Value Chain. More specifically, these are the techniques you’d need to put in place:

1. Data Ingestion: Collecting data from various sources.
2. Data Cleansing: Removing inaccuracies or irrelevant information.
3. Data Transformation: Converting data into a suitable format for analysis.
4. Data Analysis: Analyzing data to derive insights.
5. Storage: Keeping data in databases or storage systems.
6. Querying: Retrieving specific data from storage.
7. Visualization: Representing data graphically for easier interpretation.
8. Sharing: Distributing data or insights to relevant stakeholders.

Furthermore, you should implement technical mechanisms for data validation (ensuring data quality and accuracy) and data security (protecting data from unauthorized access) at every process step.

Open-source technologies play a critical role here, offering robust solutions built on proven software stacks designed to address such complex use cases.

An open-source tool we often ask countries to reference is [Obsrv](https://obsrv.sunbird.org/), by Sunbird, which processes up to 2 billion events per day at peak. It’s built to operate with the highest levels of reliability with bare minimum operations effort at scale.

The functionality and user experience of open-source solutions are typically highly customizable, and depend on the specific requirements and desired level of automation of the project. These aspects are context-specific to each project's objectives.

To gain a comprehensive understanding of this domain, one must consider several key factors:

1. Hosting options for the data, such as portals, websites, or servers.
2. Data sharing methods, including protocols, APIs, and file formats.
3. Data representation standards and schemas.
4. Data processing mechanisms, like pipelines and ETL (Extract, Transform, Load) tools.
5. Data analysis techniques.
6. Data presentation and visualization tools.

Initiatives like India's open data portal exemplify how to facilitate data hosting, sharing, and standardization. Platforms like X-road offer a trusted network for more secure personal data exchanges between govt departments. Solutions like Obsrv provide an integrated approach to data processing, analysis, and presentation.

Understanding these components is vital for anyone looking to delve into the specifics of data intelligence and analytics, especially in contexts as dynamic and impactful as regional migration. The journey from raw data to actionable insights is complex but achievable with the right tools and strategies. Data-driven strategies empower organizations to make well-informed decisions, enhance user experiences through personalized services, and employ predictive analytics for foresight into trends and behaviours.


# Data Exchanges: System to system data sharing

### Section 1: The Core Concept: From Silos to Seamless Flows

In many nations, service delivery is paralyzed by **data silos** — isolated databases that do not communicate. This fragmentation forces citizens to act as data couriers, physically transporting certificates to prove their identity or eligibility. Government departments, lacking secure rails, often resort to haphazard sharing via unencrypted emails or manual exports, creating significant security risks. Meanwhile, the private sector is forced into redundant data collection and storage, as they lack secure access to even non-sensitive government data.

**A data exchange — which in practice may comprise multiple complementary building blocks and components — provides a standardised, secure protocol for system-to-system data sharing**. By enabling secure, point-to-point communication between disparate systems without centralising storage, it facilitates the seamless and standardised data flows necessary for modern governance. **While often viewed as a government-to-government tool, it truly matures into digital public infrastructure when the private sector can leverage the same rails to innovate and deliver integrated services based on consented access to personal data**.

Implementations like Estonia's X-Road (saving 800+ years of working time annually), India's API Setu (4,200+ APIs), Singapore's APEX (connecting the whole-of-government API ecosystem), and Uganda's UGHub (connecting 150+ public and private entities) demonstrate that secure, high-scale exchanges are viable across diverse economic contexts.

This note addresses system-to-system sharing of personal data. It does not cover open data publication, anonymised datasets, or aggregate statistics — which involve different design choices and governance requirements.


# Data Exchange 101

The components below are not all required from day one — they reflect the full anatomy of a mature exchange, and a country should adopt them progressively as use cases and scale demand.

#### Components

A data exchange platform is typically composed of the following functional layers:

***Data sharing layer:***

* **API gateway.** The API gateway is the runtime proxy — the entry point for every call. It intercepts requests, enforces authentication and rate limiting, routes traffic to the correct backend, and returns responses. It is the operational core of the platform.
* **Key manager.** The key manager determines whether a consumer is who they claim to be and whether they are authorised to make a specific call.
* **Traffic manager.** The traffic manager enforces rate limits and throttling across the gateway. It prevents any single consumer from overwhelming the platform and ensures fair allocation of capacity across all participants.
* **Micro integrator.** The micro integrator handles protocol transformation and payload orchestration — translating between REST and SOAP, aggregating responses from multiple backends, and mediating between systems that speak different technical languages. A mature exchange must support both synchronous request-response patterns and event-driven patterns — publish/subscribe, webhooks, and message queues. A civil registration event pushing updates to health, education, and social welfare systems is far more efficient than each consumer polling for changes. Both patterns are necessary.

***Trust and security layer:***

* **Payload signing.** Payload signing provides cryptographic proof that message content was not altered in transit and that it came from the holder of a specific signing key. It gives integrity — the content is unchanged — and authenticity — it came from the key holder. It is distinct from encryption: encryption prevents third parties from reading data, while signing lets a verifier attribute the message to its signer. Payload signing is a prerequisite for non-repudiation but not sufficient on its own.
* **Audit log.** The audit log records every data access event — who requested what, when, and what was returned. For regulatory compliance and accountability, this log must be tamper-evident. In centralised platforms, logs are held by the operator. In distributed architectures, logs are held independently by both parties. In event-driven architectures, the log must also capture what events fired, what downstream systems were notified, and whether they acknowledged receipt.
* **Encryption.** Ensures data in transit cannot be read by third parties. In practice this means TLS on every API call between consumer, platform, and backend. A stronger variant, mutual TLS (mTLS), requires both parties to present certificates. Distinct from payload signing — encryption prevents reading; signing prevents tampering.
* **Non-repudiation**. Non-repudiation provides legally binding proof that a specific party sent a specific message and that the recipient received it. It has two components. Non-repudiation of origin requires the signing key to be bound to a vetted identity through a trust infrastructure — a PKI/CA hierarchy, or a decentralised equivalent such as DIDs anchored to a trust registry — and the signature to be trust-timestamped by an independent authority. Non-repudiation of receipt requires a signed acknowledgement from the recipient. Together these ensure neither party can credibly deny what was sent, when, or that it was received.

***Governance and discovery layer:***

* **Developer portal.** The developer portal is where consumers discover available APIs, read documentation, test in a sandbox environment, and subscribe to the services they need. It is the outward-facing interface of the platform.
* **Service registry.** The service registry is the machine-readable catalogue of all APIs and data schemas available on the platform. It is foundational to cross-agency interoperability — without a common registry, agencies cannot discover each other's services.
* **Consent manager.** The consent manager handles citizen authorisation for data sharing, capturing, storing and exposing machine-readable consent artefacts (consent receipts) that the gateway can verify at request time before any call involving personal data proceeds. In event-driven exchanges, consent must be verified at the point of subscription.
* **Analytics.** Analytics provides real-time visibility into platform health, usage patterns, and per-consumer breakdowns.

***Legacy connectivity layer:*** Legacy connectivity components — sidecar proxies and database adapters — allow systems that were never designed to share data to be exposed as modern APIs without replacing the underlying infrastructure.

<img src="/files/GTY6O19b6YfWdoZTL2qM" alt="" height="725" width="602">

<p align="center">Exhibit 1: Components of a data exchange platform (centralised model)</p>

#### A note on X-Road and distributed architectures

The component model above reflects a centralised architecture — the model followed by API Setu, APEX, and UGHub. X-Road, Estonia's national data exchange layer, follows a different topology but retains the same underlying functions.

In X-Road, there is no central gateway. Instead, each participating organisation operates a ‘Security Server’ — a local node that handles routing, encryption, payload signing, and audit logging on that organisation's behalf. The functions do not disappear; they are redistributed to the edge.

What remains central in X-Road is narrow: a Central Server that distributes the global configuration — the trust anchors, the list of approved external Certification Authorities (CAs) and Timestamping Authorities (TSAs), and the registry of members and their Security Servers. The CAs that issue participant certificates and the TSAs that timestamp messages are external trust services, not the Central Server itself. This is what makes the network trusted without requiring a central data broker.


# Platform Approaches: Four Examples 1

The table below compares four national data exchange implementations across key technical dimensions. These are not competing standards; they represent different points on a spectrum, each reflecting a distinct set of choices about where trust is enforced, how participants are onboarded, and how much operational burden is placed on individual agencies. A country selecting or evolving its own approach should read this less as a ranking and more as a map of tradeoffs.

<table data-header-hidden><thead><tr><th></th><th></th><th width="149"></th><th></th><th></th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td><mark style="color:purple;"><strong>Component</strong></mark></td><td><mark style="color:purple;"><strong>India - API Setu</strong></mark></td><td><mark style="color:purple;"><strong>Singapore - APEX</strong></mark></td><td><mark style="color:purple;"><strong>Estonia - X-Road</strong></mark></td><td><mark style="color:purple;"><strong>Uganda - UGHub (WSO2)</strong></mark></td></tr><tr><td><p><mark style="color:violet;"><strong>Publisher / Control plane</strong></mark></p><p><mark style="color:violet;"><strong>Where API providers design, version, configure and publish APIs</strong></mark></p></td><td>Yes — ministries upload OpenAPI 3.0 specs via the API Setu’s API Studio.</td><td>Yes — agencies publish and manage APIs via APEX’s API Lifecycle Portal.</td><td>Yes — Security Server configuration. Each member manages its own Security Server, registering services with the Central Server.</td><td>Yes — WSO2 API Manager Publisher portal. NITA-U centrally governs; MDAs publish their own APIs through the platform.</td></tr><tr><td><mark style="color:purple;"><strong>Data sharing layer</strong></mark></td><td></td><td></td><td></td><td></td></tr><tr><td><p><mark style="color:violet;"><strong>API Gateway</strong></mark></p><p><mark style="color:violet;"><strong>Runtime proxy that intercepts calls, applies policies, and routes to backend</strong></mark></p></td><td>Yes — APIs hosted on API Setu's infrastructure are proxied. APIs merely listed bypass the gateway.</td><td>Yes — central gateway for all Singapore government APIs.</td><td>No — peer-to-peer. Data flows directly between Security Servers. No central proxy.</td><td>Yes — WSO2 API Manager. All APIs proxied through NITA-U's deployment in the government data centre.</td></tr><tr><td><p><mark style="color:violet;"><strong>Key manager</strong></mark></p><p><mark style="color:violet;"><strong>Issues and validates credentials; controls who can access what</strong></mark></p></td><td>Validates OAuth token on every request. Identity verification at registration is manual. </td><td>Token anchored to Corppass or TechPass — a government-verified legal entity. Runtime token traceable to a verified organisation.</td><td>Certificates issued by a trusted CA at ecosystem join. Every request is signed with that certificate — identity is cryptographically bound to every message.</td><td>Validates OAuth tokens via WSO2 Identity Server. Supports eKYC. Better identity anchoring, but dependent on NITA-U's IAM configuration.</td></tr><tr><td><p><mark style="color:violet;"><strong>Traffic manager</strong></mark></p><p><mark style="color:violet;"><strong>Enforces rate limits and throttling across the gateway</strong></mark></p></td><td>Yes — rate limiting enforced at the Envoy layer for hosted APIs.</td><td>Yes — rate limiting enforced per agency and per API.</td><td>Not applicable. No central gateway. Each Security Server manages its own capacity.</td><td>Yes — WSO2 Traffic Manager enforces throttling policies centrally.</td></tr><tr><td><p><mark style="color:violet;"><strong>Micro integrator</strong></mark></p><p><mark style="color:violet;"><strong>Transforms payloads, orchestrates multiple backend calls, protocol mediation</strong></mark></p></td><td>No — neither synchronous orchestration nor event-driven patterns supported at the platform layer. Both are the consumer's responsibility.</td><td>No — both patterns must be handled at the application layer by the consuming agency.</td><td>No — X-Road is a transport and trust layer only.</td><td>Yes — WSO2 Micro Integrator handles synchronous orchestration. WSO2 Streaming Integrator adds event-driven capability.</td></tr><tr><td><mark style="color:purple;"><strong>Trust and security layer</strong></mark></td><td></td><td></td><td></td><td></td></tr><tr><td><p><mark style="color:violet;"><strong>Payload signing</strong></mark></p><p><mark style="color:violet;"><strong>Cryptographic proof that message content was not altered in transit</strong></mark></p></td><td>Not present — standard OAuth bearer tokens carry no payload integrity guarantee or authenticity guarantee</td><td>Built-in and enforced platform-wide. Self-signed JWTs ensure every call is tamper-proof and replay-proof.</td><td>Architectural and mandatory. Every message is signed by the sending Security Server and timestamped. Legally non-repudiable.</td><td>Manual configuration only. Not enforced platform-wide.</td></tr><tr><td><p><mark style="color:violet;"><strong>Audit logs</strong></mark></p><p><mark style="color:violet;"><strong>Record of who called what and when</strong></mark></p></td><td>Yes — Operator held.</td><td>Yes — Operator held.</td><td>Yes — distributed. Logs held independently by both data provider and consumer. Tamper-evident by design.</td><td>Yes — Operator held.</td></tr><tr><td><p><mark style="color:violet;"><strong>Encryption in transit</strong></mark></p><p><mark style="color:violet;"><strong>Data is encrypted between caller and server so it cannot be read by third parties</strong></mark></p><p><br></p><p><mark style="color:violet;"><strong>Plaintext exposure</strong></mark></p><p><mark style="color:violet;"><strong>Point where data is decrypted and briefly exists unencrypted</strong></mark></p></td><td><p>TLS only — standard HTTPS between consumer and API Setu endpoint.</p><p><br><br></p><p>At the API Setu gateway — decrypted on arrival, re-encrypted before forwarding to ministry backend.</p></td><td><p>TLS with identity anchored to Corppass/TechPass. Mutual TLS available.</p><p><br><br><br></p><p>At the APEX gateway — same exposure model as API Setu.</p></td><td><p>TLS between Security Servers. Data decrypted and re-encrypted at each hop.</p><p><br><br></p><p>At each Security Server only. No central broker — exposure limited to the two communicating parties.</p></td><td><p>TLS standard. WSO2 supports mutual TLS configurable per API.</p><p><br><br><br></p><p>At the WSO2 gateway in the government data centre. </p></td></tr><tr><td><p><mark style="color:violet;"><strong>Non repudiation</strong></mark></p><p><mark style="color:violet;"><strong>Legally binding proof that a specific party sent a specific message and that the recipient received it</strong></mark></p></td><td>Not present. No payload signing, no trust infrastructure binding, no trust timestamping, no signed receipts.</td><td>Partial — non-repudiation of origin is partially supported. JWT signing provides authenticity but key binding to a vetted legal entity via CA hierarchy is not enforced platform-wide. No signed receipts for non-repudiation of receipt.</td><td>Full non-repudiation. Origin: signing keys are certificate-bound to vetted legal entities via RIA's CA, and every message is trust-timestamped by an independent TSA. Receipt: Security Servers exchange signed acknowledgements.</td><td>Not present by default. WSO2 supports PKI-based signing and can be configured for trust-timestamping, but neither is enforced platform-wide. </td></tr><tr><td><mark style="color:purple;"><strong>Governance and discovery layer</strong></mark></td><td><br></td><td></td><td></td><td></td></tr><tr><td><p><mark style="color:violet;"><strong>Developer portal</strong></mark></p><p><mark style="color:violet;"><strong>Where consumers discover APIs, read docs, test in sandbox and subscribe</strong></mark></p></td><td>Yes — browse by ministry, sector, use case. One registration to subscribe; each API requires publisher approval.</td><td>Yes — Lifecycle Portal. Subscription workflow and sandbox. Identity anchored to Corppass/TechPass.</td><td>No built-in portal. Ecosystems layer a separate catalogue (e.g. RIHA in Estonia). Discovery requires bilateral agreement before data moves.</td><td>Yes — WSO2 Developer Portal. Entities browse, subscribe, and test via Try-it-out console (where configured by the API publisher). Governed by NITA-U.</td></tr><tr><td><mark style="color:violet;"><strong>Service registry</strong></mark></td><td>Yes — APIs listed by ministry and sector. Browsable via the developer portal. Consistency depends on ministry compliance with OpenAPI 3.0 standards</td><td>Yes — central registry maintained by GovTech. Standards enforced centrally.</td><td>Yes — maintained by the Central Server. Lists all member organisations and their security servers; individual service descriptions are held locally on each secuirty server.</td><td>Yes — WSO2 API Manager maintains a central registry. NITA-U governs what is published.</td></tr><tr><td><mark style="color:violet;"><strong>Consent Manager</strong></mark></td><td>Partial — DigiLocker flow requires explicit citizen consent via OAuth authorization code for Aadhaar-linked data. No uniform platform-level consent layer; consent implementation varies by API publisher</td><td>Not built into the platform. Consent handled at application level.</td><td>Not architectural. Estonia's data tracker allows citizens to see who accessed their data after the fact. Consent management layered separately for specific sectors.</td><td>Not built into the platform. Consent handled at application level.</td></tr><tr><td><p><mark style="color:violet;"><strong>Analytics</strong></mark></p><p><mark style="color:violet;"><strong>Tracks API usage, latency, errors, per-consumer breakdowns</strong></mark></p></td><td>Yes — usage dashboards. Publisher-level analytics available.</td><td>Yes — real-time monitoring, anomaly detection, unified dashboard managed by GovTech.</td><td>Limited — local logs at each Security Server. No central analytics dashboard.</td><td>Yes — WSO2 Analytics provides usage reporting. NITA-U holds centralised analytics.</td></tr></tbody></table>

1. Highlights reflect meaningfully different architectural choices


# Getting Started: The +1 Approach

* **Start with use cases, then audit what exists.** Identify two or three high-value use cases that would deliver significant cost savings for government (e.g., social benefit transfers) or meaningful friction reduction for citizens (e.g., business registration). Then map existing infrastructure against what those use cases actually require — what APIs already exist, what systems need wrapping, where identity and authentication gaps are. The output is a target architecture grounded in reality, not a vendor's reference diagram. This feeds directly into technical requirements for procurement.
* **Phase the build aligned to use cases**. Start with what the first two or three use cases require (not with what a full data exchange platform offers), prove value with real transactions, then expand capability as subsequent use cases demand it. Each phase should have a clear success metric tied to the use case it serves, not to technical milestones.
* **Decouple governance design from platform procurement.** Governance — who can join the exchange, what standards apply, who is liable when things go wrong — should be designed as a parallel workstream, not as a byproduct of platform selection. These are distinct questions requiring distinct expertise. If governance is left to the procurement process, platform vendors will answer it in ways that serve their commercial interests. Define the governance framework first, then issue technical requirements that enforce it.

As the implementation of the larger data exchange infrastructure continues, Governments can layer on **lightweight, "+1 steps" to digitize rapidly** and start realizing benefits without having to have the full infrastructure go live.

* **Mandate open API standards and centralised authentication first.** Define national specifications (OpenAPI 3.0) and invest in unified identity and access management infrastructure.
* **Publish national data schemas.** Maintain a central directory of common data models to ensure cross-ministry interoperability. A fintech integrating tax and business registration data should not have to reconcile two incompatible address formats.
* **Wrap, don't replace.** Use sidecar proxies and database adapters to expose legacy systems as modern APIs. Most government data of value lives in systems that were never designed to share — wrapping them is faster and cheaper than replacing them.
* **Standardise consent artefacts.**<sup>**2**</sup> Implement machine-readable consent as a mandatory technical handshake for any exchange involving personal data. Define this at the national level — not agency by agency.
* **Consider Verifiable Credentials.** For datasets that change infrequently — diplomas, licences, identity attributes — evaluate Verifiable Credentials as an alternative to live API calls. A holder-bound credential eliminates real-time server dependency: once issued to a citizen's wallet, verification is local and does not require the issuing authority to be online. This reduces infrastructure load and gives citizens direct custody of their own data. Importantly, the foundations for issuing VCs — identified use cases, clean authoritative registries, and modern APIs on source systems — are the same foundations a data exchange requires. A country investing in these foundations can pursue VCs and a data exchange in parallel, treating them as complementary outputs of the same preparation work rather than sequential choices.
* **Open the rails to the private sector.** Provide secure access to open APIs to unlock innovation in fintech, agritech, health, and other sectors. The data exchange matures into digital public infrastructure when the private sector can build on the same rails that government uses.

2. Electronic Consent Framework Technology Specifications, Version 1.1. (n.d.). Retrieved June 8, 2026, [Electronic Consent Framework](https://dla.gov.in/sites/default/files/pdf/MeitY-Consent-Tech-Framework%20v1.1.pdf)


# Payments & Transaction Networks

P2P, P2M, B2B, G2P, and P2G.

Payments are the lifeblood of an economy. Without frictionless and low-cost digital payments, commerce is bottlenecked. When payments are largely cash-based without viable digital alternatives,

1. **Remote commerce and eCommerce suffers** (particularly in the face of physical restrictions or remoteness barriers such as those imposed by COVID); and
2. **Physical commerce faces higher frictions** and challenges (loss of value due to lack of availability of exact change, increased likelihood of robberies/theft, etc).

While digital payments are not new, a DPI approach is distinct from existing types of digital payments. It creates **inclusion, innovation, and unprecedented scale of access** that allows for diverse user experiences (via smartphones, feature phones, or without phones).

To determine whether the payments system in your country is operating as a Digital Public Infrastructure, simply answer this: is a majority of the population in my country (particularly those with lower incomes) able to access and regularly use a reliable means of digital payment at affordable cost? If not, and a payments system is used only by the elite sections of a country while much of the population prefers/relies on cash, **there is scope in your country for a DPI transformation in payments** that could catalyse the digital economy.

Specifically, we explore 5 powerful payments interventions to trigger a DPI transformation:&#x20;

1. [Interoperable QR Code (P2P/P2M Payments)](/technical-notes/digital-payment-networks/interoperable-qr-code)
2. [Interoperable Authentication (P2P/P2M Payments)](/technical-notes/digital-payment-networks/interoperable-authentication-p2p-p2m)
3. [Financial Address Mapper](https://g2pconnect.cdpi.dev/protocol/interfaces/beneficiary-management/mapper-architecture) (G2P Social Benefit/Cash transfer Payments)&#x20;
4. [Cash in Cash Out (CiCO)](/technical-notes/digital-payment-networks/cash-in-cash-out-cico) for Interoperable Agents in Cash Withdrawal
5. Interoperable Bill Payments Protocol

All types of transactions, whether between people, businesses, and/or government, can be powered by the same protocol that enables interoperable payments! The protocol is agnostic to payment device, currency, type of transaction, etc.

<div><figure><img src="/files/QxeMLy2hulK7eeZt3NId" alt="" width="375"><figcaption><p>a protocol which is agnostic ...</p></figcaption></figure> <figure><img src="/files/lzJdqkfI4ZB4o8J0YVjc" alt="" width="375"><figcaption><p>... powers payments which are interoperable! </p></figcaption></figure></div>


# Financial Address

Normalised financial address for payments

### Concept

Just as ‘21/02, House X, Street Y, City Z, Postcode - 000’ is your home address (where you stay), the combination of ‘Bank A/c No., Code, Bank Name + Branch’ or “Card number, Provider, Expiry, CVV” serves as your financial address (where your money stays).

A few decades ago, the only way to meet people at home was by giving them your home address and inviting them over. As a result, people had smaller friend circles and fewer people in their lives. Soon, Google Maps simplified an entire address to a single, shareable URL, which allowed people to have a quick, efficient way of sharing their address. Then email addresses, Instagram handles, LinkedIn profiles, and multiple other channels of discovery emerged, encouraging new connections. People’s social lives exploded, and the world as we know it transformed.

The same phenomenon is now happening in the financial world for payments through the concept and implementation of a “financial address”.

A financial address is a system that (i) encourages people to transact digitally, from any store of value, to any store of value, while completely preserving (ii) the privacy of the payer/payee and (iii) the trust of the receiver.

A financial address simplifies any store of value to a unique address in the form of “id-type:id\@provider”. For example, “mobile:12345\@mobile-pymt” (mobile\@mobile-provider) or

“account:12345\@national-bank” (account-id\@bank-psp-code)

Through this, the payment systems know which account to transfer the money to, while hiding these details from the human and machine eye. It creates a routing mechanism that ensures secure transfer of money, while eliminating the chances of fraud, misuse, or leakages through hacking. The resolution of the final store of value account is left to the final entities doing debit/credit actions of the payment.

### Advantages&#x20;

1. Protects privacy of users encouraging them to transact with various parties freely and safely
2. Enhances cybersecurity by preventing the creation of honeypots (large databases with sensitive financial data that can be hacked or leaked)
3. Allows multiple, and ever evolving, stores of value to be conveniently communicated in a standard format
4. Builds P2P and P2M trust, spurring innovation and adoption.

### Why Financial Address?

The financial world is continually evolving with new products and offerings to customers.

1. Traditionally, bank accounts were identified with customer account number, bank ID, and bank branch. Over time, with the evolution of mobile and net banking, the identifiers have evolved where the branch ID is no longer relevant and has been encapsulated within mobile number/identifier and net banking customer ID respectively.
2. With card-based networks/accounts, product offerings with debit, credit, gift, and pre-paid cards, the attributes to identify a store of value account keep changing. Examples include card type, varying length of card number, card type, expiry year/month, CVV, one time tokens, etc.
3. Digital cash and crypto cash concepts are continuing to evolve.

In these scenarios, defining a store of value account using a fixed key/value or object structure will not be intuitive, and core payment API specifications need to be constantly updated with each new product offering coming into the market.

The idea of normative addressing format to represent any store of value account is referred to as **financial address** (fa). Any payer or payee accounts can now be abstracted to a normative address and resolution of the final store of value account is left to the final entities doing debit/credit actions of the payment.

Similarly, to enable integration with various identity systems and registries, all customer IDs can also be represented in normative addressing formats!

## Principles

1. Financial address is a case-insensitive, normative representation of a store of value account, represented as id-type:id\@provider

   The id-type can be an account num, customer id, user id, virtual id, unique id, one time token, pre-paid voucher no, CDBC ID, etc.

   The resolution of the final store of value details is left to the entity holding these accounts at the point of final debit/credit left of the payment transactions.

   The ID type & provider information in financial address shall enable intermediaries in the payment network to route the payment instructions as per the network rules/polices.

## Examples

{% tabs %}
{% tab title="Financial Address" %}

<pre data-line-numbers><code><strong>token@id-provider e.g token:12345@national-id
</strong>uid@pymt-rail e.g uid:12345@national-id
<strong>vid@id-provider e.g vid:12345@national-id
</strong><strong>mobile@mobile-provider e.g mobile:12345@mobile-pymt
</strong><strong>account-id@bank-psp-code e.g account:12345@national-bank
</strong><strong>account-no@ifsc-code.ifsc.pymt-rail e.g account:12345@abcd0000001.ifsc.pymt-rail
</strong><strong>user-id@psp-code e.g. joeuser@national-bank
</strong>token@psp-code e.g token:123456@a123
code@purpose-code.voucher-provider e.g voucher:12345@food.coupon-network
<strong>cdbc-id@cdbc e.g. 12345@digital-cash"
</strong></code></pre>

{% endtab %}

{% tab title="Identity Address" %}

{% endtab %}
{% endtabs %}

## Attributions

1. The concept of financial address is inspired from NPCI's [UPI Protocol](https://www.npci.org.in/what-we-do/upi/product-overview) use of Virtual Address or UPI ID.


# Interoperable QR Code

P2P, P2M, Recurring/Bill Payments, etc.,

### **Overview**

Imagine a one-stop feature that your country can build to bridge the digital divide, drive financial inclusion to the last mile, break payments silos, drive e-commerce and GDP growth, reduce financial crime rates, and spur cross-sectoral innovation, all while leveraging existing systems.

Payments made based on an interoperable Quick Response (QR) code standard allow people to make payments to anyone, anytime, and anywhere. Payments can be made in a real-time, and highly secure manner with this digital public infrastructure that allows people to scan a machine-readable QR code through any payment application of their choice on their mobile device, regardless of which payment app the merchant uses.

<div align="left"><figure><img src="/files/9CTOfGO0GBhfkjsKaOPo" alt="" width="375"><figcaption><p>Traditional approach of 'digitisation' breeds exclusion</p></figcaption></figure> <figure><img src="/files/NChYzUR5HiqLALxsGR5S" alt="" width="375"><figcaption><p>The DPI approach guarantees inclusion + market participation</p></figcaption></figure></div>

QR codes can be made interoperable if a standard is set out by a central authority, and can allow a user to participate in a single network of banks, financial institutions, mobile money providers, wallets, or other payment mechanisms on the backend. This can be a simple and powerful addition to existing payments systems.

QR Codes can be classified into two types:

1. Static QR Codes: Bill amount has to be manually entered. This is a single code that can be printed, as it does not change with each transaction.
2. Dynamic QR Codes: Transaction amount is pre-entered by the merchant by connecting it to a PoS terminal.

Through Interoperable QR Codes:

1. Countries can facilitate seamless payments such as P2P, P2B, P2M, and various other entities.
2. Merchants can automate the reconciliation of orders and payments, as well as generate receipts and notifications by integrating with existing accounting platforms.
3. Individuals can set up recurring payments, bill payments, and other automated transactions.
4. The last mile population can be catered to, and raised to the same level of financial inclusion through digital transformation.
5. The rate of fraud will decrease, while increasing privacy, security, transparency, and trust across the ecosystem.&#x20;

<div><figure><img src="/files/ZNlE4aGZTg6gZjFnJfMY" alt="" width="375"><figcaption><p>First-order effects on the ecosystem</p></figcaption></figure> <figure><img src="/files/c3BSPH7eRa5UfuoIbPhP" alt="" width="375"><figcaption><p>Second-order effects on the country's overall growth</p></figcaption></figure></div>

## P2M Ecosystem Players

1. Merchant
2. Merchant acquiring bank
3. Customer
4. Customer bank
5. Interoperable payment network switch

Additionally, the experience layer at both the merchant and customer levels can optionally be supported by a payment service provider application by the fintech ecosystem connected to banks.

## Specifications

{% tabs %}
{% tab title="v0.8.2 (Draft)" %}
**Status:** Draft Version; Request for Comments&#x20;

**Version**: <mark style="color:red;">0.8.2 Draft</mark>

**Date**: 19-Jul-2023

**Authors**: CDPI&#x20;

**Contact**: <info@cdpi.dev>

**Description**:&#x20;

Interoperable QR code specification to Scan & Pay, Click & Pay and to Deep Link between apps, and to enable easy one-click and authorise one-time or recurring payment.

**Specification:** [link](https://centre-for-dpi.github.io/docs/qr_code.html) | [source](https://github.com/centre-for-dpi/docs/blob/main/technical-specs/payments/src/qr_code.yaml)

**Discussions**:  [link](https://github.com/orgs/centre-for-dpi/discussions)&#x20;
{% endtab %}

{% tab title="v0.1.0 Sample" %}
{% code title="qr\_code\_sample.json" overflow="wrap" lineNumbers="true" fullWidth="true" %}

```json
{
  "version": "1.0.0",
  "payee_fa": "joeuser@national-bank",
  "payee_name": "Printing & Stationeries Co",
  "amount": "138.50",
  "amount_split": {
    "sale": "117.37",
    "igst": "21.13"
  },
  "init_mode": "POS",
  "currency": "ZAR",
  "mid": "M-12345",
  "pos_id": "POS-123",
  "expiry": "20230605T101225+5:30",
  "order_id": "2023/123456",
  "ref_url": "https://printing.co/orderId=2023/123456",
  "additional_data": {
    "bill_number": "123",
    "reference_no": "PO123",
    "key1": "value1"
  },
  "sign": ""
}
```

{% endcode %}
{% endtab %}
{% endtabs %}

## Deep Linking

QR code content can also be represented in URL representation to enable single QR specification for Deep Linking. Deep Linking enables the sharing of scanned QR codes across mobile applications within a device to easily transfer control from business apps to payment apps.

It is recommended to represent the JSON QR code spec in URL-encoded format. URL encoding shall ensure to accommodate JSON nested attributes in string representation for transmission via URL.

```
xxx://pay?%7B%0A%20%20%22version%22%3A%20%221.0.0%22%2C%0A%20%20%22payee_fa%22%3A%20%22joeuser%40national-bank%22%2C%0A%20%20%22payee_name%22%3A%20%22Printing%20%26%20Stationeries%20Co%22%2C%0A%20%20%22amount%22%3A%20%22138.50%22%2C%0A%20%20%22amount_split%22%3A%20%7B%0A%20%20%20%20%22sale%22%3A%20%22117.37%22%2C%0A%20%20%20%20%22igst%22%3A%20%2221.13%22%0A%20%20%7D%2C%0A%20%20%22init_mode%22%3A%20%22POS%22%2C%0A%20%20%22currency%22%3A%20%22ZAR%22%2C%0A%20%20%22mid%22%3A%20%22M-12345%22%2C%0A%20%20%22pos_id%22%3A%20%22POS-123%22%2C%0A%20%20%22expiry%22%3A%20%2220230605T101225%2B5%3A30%22%2C%0A%20%20%22order_id%22%3A%20%222023%2F123456%22%2C%0A%20%20%22ref_url%22%3A%20%22https%3A%2F%2Fprinting.co%2ForderId%3D2023%2F123456%22%2C%0A%20%20%22additional_data%22%3A%20%7B%0A%20%20%20%20%22bill_number%22%3A%20%22123%22%2C%0A%20%20%20%20%22reference_no%22%3A%20%22PO123%22%2C%0A%20%20%20%20%22key1%22%3A%20%22value1%22%0A%20%20%7D%2C%0A%20%20%22sign%22%3A%20%22%22%0A%7D

```

## Stress Testing

The above specification has been stress tested for the following use cases. Sample JSONs are provided for easy reference.

<table><thead><tr><th width="73">No</th><th width="199">Scenario</th><th>Remarks</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>1</td><td>Initiation Modes</td><td>Scan &#x26; Pay, Click &#x26; Pay, Deep Linking</td></tr><tr><td>2</td><td>Initiation Locations</td><td>Terminals, POS, Online, ATM</td></tr><tr><td>3</td><td>Static / Dynamic QRs</td><td></td></tr><tr><td>4</td><td>P2M &#x26; P2P use cases</td><td></td></tr><tr><td>5</td><td>Subscripitons / Recurring Payments</td><td>Fixed amount e.g., Rentals, Equity/MF SIPs, EMIs, Subscriptions, etc.,</td></tr><tr><td>6</td><td>Bill Payments</td><td>Varying amount e.g., Utilities</td></tr><tr><td>7</td><td>IPO Payments</td><td></td></tr><tr><td>8</td><td>Refunds</td><td></td></tr><tr><td>9</td><td>Buy Now Pay Later</td><td></td></tr><tr><td>10</td><td>Step Up/Down Payments</td><td></td></tr></tbody></table>

## Technical Considerations

1. Signed QR code content is mandatory to ensure security and detect any malicious requests or phishing attacks.
2. Scanning of QR codes and verification of digitally signed QR code content is the responsibility of the payment apps on customer mobile devices.
3. Payment Network providers shall manage the registry of all acquiring banks authorised to onboard merchants and offer digitally signed QR codes.
4. QR Codes perform well if information is sparsely packed for all types of devices displaying and scanning can optimally perform. Where possible, implementers are recommended to use short URLs and optimise size of overall QR codes. This QR specs ensured to keep the JSON attribute values short.

## Typical flow

Below is a typical flow to make initiate merchant-based QR code based payments:

1. Merchant signs up with acquiring banks to enable QR code-based payment services.
2. Using the merchant's banking interface, the merchant requests a static QR code.
3. Additionally, the merchant may integrate with a POS terminal to generate dynamic QR codes using APIs for each transaction with amount and other customised attributes like description, tax information, etc.
4. A customer using her payment app scans the interoperable QR code.
5. Payment app checks signed QR code scanned is non-tampered and is from a trusted source. Uses network registry to identify the acquiring banks.
6. Customer payment app provides a choice to customers to select linked accounts to complete the transaction.
7. Customer payment app securely collects banking account PIN to authorise the payment from the customer.
8. Customer payment app initiates the payment on an interoperable payments network to transfer funds to the merchant's account.
9. Notification of payment status is notified to both the merchant and customer through their respective banking apps.

## Additional References

1. [Interactive closed-door discussion](https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=tIZGplZjGDI) on Scaling Inclusive Payments through Interoperable QR Codes with central bank officials of 30+ countries and speakers from Brazil, India, Philippines, and Nigeria.&#x20;
2. [Presentation Deck](https://docs.google.com/presentation/d/1xeVsXxTwhaW8SjSxHg9HddoprGDpD5sZlVKeWimT0NY/edit?usp=sharing) summarising the need, benefits, and specifications of interoperable QR codes in a simple, visually-appealing manner.&#x20;
3. QR Code printing specifications <**coming soon>**
4. "[The use of quick-response codes in payments](https://fastpayments.worldbank.org/sites/default/files/2021-10/QR_Codes_in_Payments_Final.pdf)", Part of World Bank Fast Payments Toolkit, Sep 2021

## Attributions


# Interoperable Authentication

P2P, P2M

When we speak about ‘authentication’, we are referring to the ‘knowledge layer’. Authentication means the confirmation of the person as well as transaction. Interoperable, in this context, means standardised. Thus, interoperable authentication means the ability to confirm the transaction in a standardised manner.

### Why:&#x20;

As an economy grows, very often through the nudge provided by the DPI approach, a lot of new fintechs emerge in the market. They offer a variety of services like banks do, such as P2P/P2M payments, loans, bill payments etc. However, they have one stark difference: they are unregulated. This gives them the agility the banks lack to adapt to newer trends and technologies, but the unpredictability and volatility of creating systemic risk. Restricting their growth means stifling entrepreneurship and the economy. Conversely, allowing them to operate freely means more money leaving the formal banking system and going into unregulated hands. The solution to preventing both extremes lies in interoperable authentication.&#x20;

### What:&#x20;

Through interoperable authentication, the central bank can establish a predefined manner for transaction validation to ensure that funds never leave the banking system. The payment transaction is processed only once the authentication is received in a standardised manner in the form of a PIN, one-time password, biometrics, face authentication, etc. The fintechs remain the front end of the user-transaction, but the authentication is collected by the payment switch directly on the backend and settled between the banks themselves.

This solves both use cases: it prevents money from leaving the formal banking system (the goal of the banks) and it prevents users from leaving the fintech application to authenticate themselves (the goal of the fintechs).&#x20;

### How:&#x20;

The authentication page is provided as a standard SDK (software development kit) by the payment switch operator. They publish the page that all fintechs have to use, effectively decoupling this layer from the acquiring application to securely capture sensitive information like PIN, OTP, and biometric data with crypto keys for end financial institutions to decrypt and authorise the payment. This SDK is integrated within all fintechs so that while authentication is done on their application, it is done without the oversight of the fintechs themselves. This SDK is mandated and has to be used by every payment application (including the banks themselves).

This creates 3 distinct layers, and thus roles, for every payment transaction:

1. User layer: This is handled by fintechs who can create diverse, custom user interfaces to grow their market share.
2. Authentication layer: This is handled by the payment switch to securely capture private PIN, OTP, and biometric data and verify each transaction.
3. Settlement layer: This is handled by the banks themselves and settled between each other directly on the backend.

### Benefits:&#x20;

1. Privacy and Security: Enhances trust by allowing individuals to have a standardised experience while authenticating sensitive information and payment transactions across different applications&#x20;
2. Reduces Systemic Risk: By decoupling the verification process from the fintechs, it prevents misuse or leakage of secure PINs, passwords, and biometric data.&#x20;
3. Growth of Formal Economy: It allows the free economy to grow and thrive with the growth of fintechs while ensuring the money remains within the formal, regulated sector.


# Interoperable Bill Payments

Streamlining the process of bill payments across authorities and departments

### Why:&#x20;

Individuals have to pay multiple bills on a monthly basis, including electricity, water, loan EMIs, and mobile recharge. Keeping track of all individual due dates, navigating complex standalone portals, and making payments for each bill is a difficult, time-consuming process. This often leads to an increase in missed payments and defaults, which subsequently results in higher interest rates for individuals and a weaker economy for the country.

Centralisation of payments through a single portal is not an option. It would create a bulky, slow system that becomes the target of cyber attacks. It will also cause various departments to lose agency and autonomy over their own collections and create friction in society.

Leaving payments integration to private sector players is not an option either. Multiple bill issuers would have to integrate with multiple different applications each, once again causing high friction, loss of opportunities, and a monopolistic situation for the first mover.

The only solution lies in establishing interoperable bill payment rails through the Digital Public Infrastructure approach.

### What:&#x20;

Interoperable bill payments enable people to view and pay all their bills through a single platform of their choice.

The bills are federated at the back end, but centralised for user experience.

Through this, the objectives of all parties are met:

1. Bill issuers: They retain control over their own assets, and can decrease the costs of their own issuing infrastructure.
2. Market innovation: It allows a variety of market players to innovate services, platforms, and applications on top of the bill payment rails to cater to diverse segments of society.
3. Bill Payers: Individuals now have the freedom of choice, bolstered by the variety of payment applications available to pay their bills through a single platform

### How:&#x20;

To make an existing billing infrastructure interoperable, all that is needed is to simply open up the APIs (Application Programming Interfaces) of different bill issuing authorities. This enables a variety of user-facing applications to ‘fetch’ the data from the issuers and present it to the individuals through their platform.

Individuals can choose to make the payment directly from that same platform or through other means such as cash, card or cheques.

The bill data is retrieved from the issuing server and not stored within the individual applications.

Once the APIs are open, any market player (once it clears the necessary safety measures set out by the central bank) can use them to fetch data based on individual consent. There is no need to separately on-board different issuers or platforms over and over again.

#### Financial Model:&#x20;

A variety of financial models can be established on top of this infrastructure. One common model is that each time an intermediary fetches a bill for an individual, they charge the bill-issuing authority a minimal amount (0.0x%) of the transaction. The percentage is determined by the central bank and remains consistent for all intermediaries to ensure a level playing field.

This money is the cost of convenience for letting the bill be discovered (and hence paid) by the individual on the application of the individual’s choice. This cost is absorbed by the bill issuer rather than passed on to the consumer, thus ensuring that the cost of the bill for the individual across all applications remains standardised.

### Benefits:&#x20;

1. Federated Control: Data continues to be stored on individual servers of issuers and is only fetched and displayed upon receiving an API call.
2. Inclusive Innovation and Interoperability: The design of the infrastructure allows multiple market players to innovate services and platforms on top, while ensuring no additional work for bill issuers to integrate with diverse systems.
3. Privacy and Security by Design: The intermediary applications cannot see, modify, or force transactions. They can simply display the bills based on an individual’s consent, who are free to pay through the same application or any other means of their choice.&#x20;

\ <br>


# Cash-in Cash-Out (CICO)

Interoperable banking agents and devices for last-mile CICO transactions

### Why:&#x20;

Typically, the last mile population is overlooked when enabling financial services through digitisation. Since literacy may be low, access to the formal banking system can seem intimidating to many. They may get lost trying to navigate the complexities of modern day banking, such as conducting online bank transfers or even checking their balance. Moreover, many local businesses need physical cash and do not see much value in digital payments. The old adage reads: Banks cannot go to every village; it is simply not possible.

While banks may not be able to establish physical branches in villages, through the Digital Public Infrastructure approach, banking services can.

One of the key aspects of financial inclusion and integrating people into the formal economy is ensuring the last-mile population has access to bank accounts. However, if they don’t know how to use it, very often these bank accounts remain idle, and if any benefits are transferred to the account, they remain unreachable for the masses.

The cash-in, cash-out DPI helps solve the challenge of last-mile access to formal banking services.

### What:&#x20;

The cash-in cash-out system equips selected human beings to function as ‘micro-ATMs’. This means that they travel to remote areas of the country where individuals can conduct transactions through their bank accounts using the person as a ‘micro-ATM’. The individuals get immediate access to their money while remaining in the formal financial system.&#x20;

Cash-In: This process involves securely transferring benefits to end beneficiaries by removing intermediaries and removing friction and costs.

Cash-Out: This process provides access to physical cash at the last mile, enabling the use of direct cash benefits payouts.

### How:&#x20;

The cash-in cash-out system is based on a unique national identity system. Basically, the chosen people who are acting as these ‘micro-ATMs’ travel to the last mile populations, carrying a certain amount of money with them along with an authentication device. Any individual can simply provide their bank account name, national identity number, and biometrics to authenticate that information. Using this, the micro-ATM can access their bank information on their device.

On the backend, a financial address mapper links every unique national identity number to an individual’s bank accounts. Once the bank name is provided by the individual, the system can accurately connect to bank servers, find the match, and retrieve that data for the individual to use.

Once again, by providing authentication through their biometrics, individuals can:

1. Deposit cash
2. Withdraw cash (remember, the Micro-ATM operator carries money with them)
3. Transfer money using only another person’s national ID number (no bank account details necessary)
4. Pay bills
5. Check bank balance
6. Generate a mini-statement

All these facilities are available at no additional cost to end users.

While the micro-ATMs are essentially agents of one particular bank (and receive their salary from them), they cater to customers of banks across the country without discrimination.

The benefit to banks is that it allows expansion of the society into the formal financial sector, allowing access to a variety of services which would have otherwise not been possible

### Benefits:&#x20;

1. Financial inclusion: It caters to the underserved sections of society while elevating them to the next level by providing them with access and empowerment through formal finance.
2. Interoperability: It allows for diverse banks to access the last mile population and enable national identity-based transactions through a central switch and clearing agency.
3. Privacy and security: The method of authentication using biometrics is inherently safe, as it cannot be forged or duplicated by the micro-ATMs. The privacy of individuals is ensured by not revealing any sensitive information and only enabling basic banking transactions through this facility.

\ <br>


# G2P Payments

Increasing Efficiency of Government-to-Person Payments

In their daily operations, governments across local, state and national levels make various payments to citizens. These may be in the form of subsidies, pensions, scholarships, incentives during emergencies and more. Citizens may choose to receive these payments in different ways, such as through cash, bank transfers, mobile wallets, prepaid vouchers, etc. These payments are made across various departments at different levels of functioning.

While each transaction may vary in amount or eligibility, there are a few common steps for executing any G2P payment:

1. Checking for eligibility of the beneficiaries according to pre-set scheme criteria using data from federated functional registries
2. Authenticating the identity of the eligible beneficiaries using online/offline, self/assisted modes
3. Mapping the authenticated, eligible beneficiaries to a store of value of their choice in which they choose to receive these payments using multiple payment rails

A [G2P DPI](https://drive.google.com/file/d/1flSxkL9u5WLqo4Qw4mh_jRN6-bgAa8TN/view) is about building an overarching architecture as a simple +1 step to your existing systems that ensures interoperability, inclusion, privacy, security, autonomy, and asynchronous adoption by design.

<figure><img src="/files/J59nJuJJdgFV3tjzWOyM" alt=""><figcaption><p>There are 4 key building blocks to the DPI approach in solving for G2P </p></figcaption></figure>

The Unique ID/eKYC layer allows for uniquely identifying and authenticating each individual within seconds, saving time + effort + leakages on both sides.

The Financial Address Mapper connects an identifier to the individual's preferred store-of-value to receive the payments, facilitating secure transfer of funds.

The last mile agents help those with limited or no digital literacy access the same benefits by using their biometric data to drive financial inclusion from the ground up.

The network of cross-functional registries helps identify and sort individuals according to the eligibility criteria of various schemes while keeping the data decentransiled. It allows for autonomy of departments while building interconnectivity to drive efficiency.

<figure><img src="/files/IKQCUl3CHNtYAUspllqy" alt=""><figcaption><p>This approach has enabled the Government of India to rapidly connect with their population of over 1 billion people</p></figcaption></figure>

Several key learnings distinguish the G2P DPI approach from other systems:

<figure><img src="/files/0aquAeW72r6TDxmAUUZr" alt=""><figcaption><p>Key Learnings of the G2P Blueprint </p></figcaption></figure>

While individual country adoptions may vary, the basic outline remains the same and can help countries rapidly deploy this approach.

**Further readings:**

1. The G2P [blueprint ](https://g2pconnect.cdpi.dev/g2p-connect/readme)
2. A [presentation deck](https://drive.google.com/file/d/1flSxkL9u5WLqo4Qw4mh_jRN6-bgAa8TN/view?usp=sharing) on the G2P approach


# Discovery & Fulfilment

Accessing any goods or services interoperably via any app or interface

A DPI approach to Discovery and Fulfilment represents the capability to access any service or purchase any good across multiple apps in an interoperable manner. This can include:

1. **Open APIs for government services** such as tax filing or business registration
2. **A shared protocol for purchase of goods or services** across sectors (such as [BeckN](https://beckn.io/)) including for use cases such as:
   1. Open Mobility/Transport: using any one app or interface, book railways, flights, buses, or cabs interoperably.
   2. Open eCommerce: Buyers and sellers can search any app to view a catalog and place an order for an item, and aren't restricted to just one two-sided marketplace app
   3. Open Financial Services: Allows borrowers to view and apply for loans or insurance products from multiple banks or insurers in any app on the network.


# Platforms to Protocols

Why do we need open networks?

*Consider this: Buber is the leading ride-hailing app in country A. Buber takes a huge commission from the drivers and also charges the passenger unfairly. Still, both parties are left with no choice but to use Buber due to strong network effects from the aggregation of a large number of drivers and passengers, creating a virtual monopoly. Sounds familiar? Read on!*

With every passing day, more and more services are becoming digital, often powered by private platforms that have disrupted traditional service providers. A consistent pattern has emerged: strong network effects lead to data concentration among a few large players. Closed-loop marketplaces have become the norm. Apps are not interoperable, and all individual businesses have to solve all parts of the transaction cycle: **discovery, ordering, fulfillment, and post-fulfillment**.

While an aggregator-led model (where both service providers and end users are onboarded to the same platform) appears to work efficiently, it does not scale beyond a point. Besides, large aggregators often adopt business policies that are advantageous to neither the service provider nor the end user.

Data in siloes, predatory monopolistic practices, lack of scale, and exclusion of certain population segments all indicate a need to shift the approach from “platform” to “networks”. Imagine trusted, low-cost, decentralized transactions at scale. This is what open networks aim to achieve!

**Reference:**

1\. <https://becknprotocol.io/><br>


# Cloud-Agnostic Deployment of DPI and Data Portability

### Executive Summary

Cloud-agnostic architecture is not merely a technical preference but a strategic imperative for DPI implementations. As infrastructure-as-code and one-click deployment patterns mature, the ability to deploy, migrate, and operate DPI systems across multiple cloud providers or on-premises infrastructure becomes both technically feasible and operationally prudent.

### The Strategic Case for Cloud Agnosticism

#### Sovereign Control, Economic Flexibility, and Risk Mitigation

Digital Public Infrastructure demands architectural decisions that preserve **sovereignty**, maintain **economic flexibility**, and mitigate **concentration risk**. Cloud-agnostic design ensures that country authorities retain the benefits of cloud speed and flexibility whilst preserving the ability to:

* **Migrate workloads** across providers without wholesale re-architecture, reducing switching costs when better alternatives emerge
* **Negotiate from strength** with cloud service providers, leveraging competitive pricing and avoiding cost escalation from vendor lock-in
* **Maintain operational continuity** independent of any single vendor's business decisions, outages, or security incidents
* **Respond to geopolitical and regulatory shifts** that may affect cloud service availability, without disruption to essential services
* **Adopt hybrid strategies** that optimize cost-performance ratios across providers and on-premises infrastructure
* **Evolve incrementally** — adopt new technologies without forced wholesale migration


# Architectural Principles for Cloud-Agnostic DPI

The following principles guide cloud-agnostic DPI architecture. For each principle, we identify the open standards and frameworks that enable portable implementation.

<figure><img src="/files/32zUxXlmilmggqrfbuuL" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

The diagram above illustrates the four layers of a portable DPI stack.

* Layer 1 (Cloud Platform) represents the interchangeable deployment target — any major cloud provider or an on-premises national data center.
* Layer 2 (Orchestration & Runtime) provides the common abstraction that makes this interchangeability possible, anchored by Kubernetes and OCI container standards.
* Layer 3 (Self-Hosted Infrastructure Components) covers the open-source middleware — databases, identity providers, API gateways, and observability tools — that replace proprietary managed services.
* Layer 4 (DPI Application Services) is where the building blocks sit: Digital Identity, Verifiable Credentials, Data Exchange, Payments, Registries, and Consent Management, all communicating through open standards like W3C VC, OID4VCI, OID4VP, and mDL/mDoc.
* Running vertically across all layers are four cross-cutting pillars: Infrastructure as Code, Security & Zero Trust, Data Portability, and Governance — disciplines that must be applied at every level rather than bolted on at one.


# Design deep dive

#### Infrastructure as Code

Think of Infrastructure as Code like a detailed architectural blueprint for a building. Just as the same blueprint can be handed to different construction companies to build the same structure, IaC definitions describe your infrastructure in a provider-neutral way that can be executed on any cloud platform. Modern IaC tools enable:

**Declarative Infrastructure Definition**: Infrastructure requirements expressed in provider-neutral formats can be translated to provider-specific implementations through abstraction layers. Tools such as **Terraform, Pulumi, and Crossplane** allow teams to define infrastructure once and deploy across multiple targets.

**Repeatable Deployment Patterns**: One-click deployment capabilities, once limited to proprietary platforms, now extend to cloud-agnostic configurations. This democratizes DPI deployment, allowing jurisdictions to stand up infrastructure rapidly while maintaining portability.

**Version-Controlled Infrastructure**: Infrastructure definitions stored in version control systems provide auditability, rollback capabilities, and collaborative development workflows that enhance governance.

#### Containerization and Orchestration

Containers work like standardized shipping containers in global trade. Before containerization, cargo had to be individually loaded and unloaded for each type of ship or truck. Standardized containers meant any cargo could travel on any vessel. Similarly, application containers package software so it runs identically whether on a developer's laptop, an AWS server, or an on-premises data center.

**Application Portability**: Applications packaged as containers run consistently across environments, from developer workstations to production clusters across different cloud providers.

**Orchestration Abstraction**: **Kubernetes** has emerged as a de facto standard for container orchestration. While cloud providers offer managed Kubernetes services with proprietary extensions, the core API remains portable, allowing workloads to migrate with minimal modification.

**Service Mesh Independence**: Service mesh technologies provide cross-cutting concerns such as observability, security, and traffic management in a provider-neutral manner.

#### Data Layer Considerations

If containers solve the portability of applications, data portability is the harder problem — and the more consequential one. Applications can be redeployed in minutes; migrating terabytes of citizen data takes planning and time. Data architecture decisions made early constrain choices for years:

**Database Abstraction**: Selecting database technologies available across providers---or that can be self-hosted---preserves portability. Open-source databases offer maximum flexibility, while cloud-native databases create dependencies that must be carefully evaluated.

**Storage Portability**: Object storage APIs have converged around S3-compatible interfaces, providing reasonable portability for unstructured data. Block and file storage present greater challenges and may require abstraction layers.

**Data Gravity**: As a dataset grows larger, it becomes increasingly expensive and time-consuming to move — much like how a growing library becomes harder to relocate. A national identity database with tens of millions of records creates a "gravitational pull" that attracts related processing to wherever the data physically resides. Architects should plan for this by designing systems where analytics and processing workloads can be deployed alongside the data, rather than assuming data can always move to the computation.

| **Architectural Principle**      | **Enabling Standards & Frameworks**                             | **Key Tools**                                 |
| -------------------------------- | --------------------------------------------------------------- | --------------------------------------------- |
| Infrastructure as Code           | HCL (Terraform), YAML (Pulumi), Kubernetes manifests            | Terraform, Pulumi, Crossplane, Ansible        |
| Containerization & Orchestration | Open Container Initiative (OCI), Kubernetes API, CNCF ecosystem | Kubernetes, Helm, Istio/Linkerd, ArgoCD       |
| Data Layer Portability           | S3-compatible APIs, SQL standards, OpenTelemetry                | PostgreSQL, MinIO, Prometheus, Grafana        |
| Security & Policy                | SPIFFE/SPIRE identity framework, Open Policy Agent              | OPA/Gatekeeper, HashiCorp Vault, Cert-Manager |


# Data Portability as Core Principle

Data portability extends beyond technical capability to represent a fundamental right in modern DPI architecture. This principle manifests at multiple levels:

#### User-Level Portability

Citizens must retain ownership and control of their data:

**Standards-Based Export**: Data export capabilities using standardized formats — such as JSON, CSV, W3C Verifiable Credentials and FHIR for health records — ensure users can move their information between services without proprietary lock-in.

**Machine-Readable Formats**: Data must be provided in formats that enable automated processing — such as JSON, XML, JSON-LD, or Protocol Buffers — not merely human-readable representations like PDF reports or scanned documents.

**Complete Data Access**: Portability requirements should encompass all user data, including metadata, relationships, and derived data products.

#### System-Level Portability

DPI systems themselves must support operational data portability:

**Backup and Recovery**: Regular backups in provider-neutral formats enable recovery in different environments.

**Migration Capabilities**: Data export mechanisms should support bulk migration scenarios, not merely individual user requests.

**Referential Integrity**: Exported data must preserve relationships and constraints to enable functional restoration in new environments.

#### Interoperability Standards

True data portability requires more than export capabilities---it demands standardized formats that enable interoperation:

**Common Data Models**: Industry-standard schemas for identity, credentials, payments, and other DPI building blocks enable cross-system portability.

**API Standardization**: Standardized API specifications allow components to be replaced without disrupting dependent systems.

**Protocol Compatibility**: Open protocols for authentication, authorization, and data exchange reduce integration barriers.


# Implementation Patterns

#### Multi-Cloud Deployment Strategies

Several architectural patterns support cloud-agnostic deployment:

**Active-Active Multi-Cloud**: Services deployed simultaneously across multiple providers, with traffic distributed based on performance, cost, or policy requirements. This approach maximizes resilience but increases operational complexity.

**Primary-Secondary Configuration**: One provider hosts primary workloads while others maintain hot or warm standby capacity. This balances operational simplicity with migration readiness.

**Workload Segregation**: Different system components deployed to different providers based on their characteristics. Data-intensive workloads might leverage one provider while compute-intensive operations use another.

**Development-Production Separation**: Development and testing environments on different infrastructure than production, providing practical experience with migration while limiting production risk.

#### Abstraction Layer Design

Successful cloud-agnostic architecture requires well-designed abstraction layers:

**Thin Abstractions**: A good abstraction works like a power adapter for international travel — it lets you plug into any outlet without rewiring your device, but it doesn't try to convert voltage, add surge protection, and charge multiple devices at once. Similarly, cloud abstraction layers should do the minimum necessary: hide provider-specific details (like proprietary API formats) while exposing underlying capabilities. An abstraction that tries to do too much becomes its own dependency — replacing one form of lock-in with another.

**Standard Interfaces**: Abstractions should align with industry standards and open-source APIs where possible, rather than creating entirely new interfaces.

**Escape Hatches**: When provider-specific capabilities offer significant value, controlled access through well-documented extension points allows pragmatic use without compromising overall portability.


# The Role of One-Click Deployment

The maturation of deployment automation fundamentally changes the economics of cloud-agnostic architecture:

#### Reducing Deployment Friction

One-click deployment capabilities, when properly designed, make cloud-agnostic architecture practically achievable rather than theoretically possible:

**Automated Environment Provisioning**: Complete environments can be instantiated from code, eliminating manual configuration that creates drift between providers.

**Consistency Across Environments**: Automated deployment ensures development, staging, and production environments remain consistent, regardless of underlying provider.

**Rapid Validation**: Quickly standing up environments on different providers enables practical testing of portability claims.


# Governance and Decision Frameworks

Achieving cloud agnosticism requires organizational discipline beyond technical implementation:

#### Architectural Review Processes

Formal review of dependencies on provider-specific services ensures conscious decisions about portability trade-offs. Not every service needs to be completely portable, but dependencies should be explicit and justified.

#### Portability Testing

Regular testing of deployment to alternative providers validates portability claims and identifies drift. Automated testing can include periodic deployment to secondary providers as part of continuous integration pipelines.

#### Vendor Relationships

Cloud-agnostic architecture should inform procurement and contract negotiations. Service level agreements, data export requirements, and exit assistance provisions become more negotiable when alternatives exist.


# Challenges and Trade-offs

Not every DPI deployment requires the same level of cloud-agnostic investment. A small-scale pilot serving a single district has different needs than a national identity system processing millions of transactions daily. The maturity-tiered recommendations in this document help countries "right-size" their approach: start with containerization and infrastructure-as-code (achievable with modest teams), add data portability measures as user bases grow, and invest in full multi-provider deployment only when the system becomes critical national infrastructure. The key question is not *whether* to pursue cloud agnosticism, but *how much* to invest at each stage of system maturity.

That said, cloud-agnostic architecture is not without costs and challenges:

* **Performance Optimization** — Provider-specific services often offer performance advantages. Cloud-agnostic architecture may sacrifice some optimization opportunities for portability.
* **Development Velocity** — Abstraction layers add complexity that can slow feature development. Teams must balance portability with delivery speed.
* **Operational Overhead** — Managing portable infrastructure requires expertise across multiple platforms, increasing operational burden compared to deep specialization in one provider.
* **Cost Considerations** — Cloud-agnostic architecture may increase costs through abstraction overhead, multi-provider testing, or suboptimal resource utilization. These costs should be weighed against the risks they mitigate.


# Recommendations for DPI Implementations by System Maturity

Rather than a one-size-fits-all approach, cloud-agnostic recommendations should be calibrated to a system's maturity and criticality.

**Tier 1 — Foundation (All DPI Deployments)**

Every DPI implementation, regardless of scale, should adopt these practices from the outset:

* **Containerize applications** using OCI-standard container images and orchestrate through Kubernetes.
* **Codify infrastructure** with provider-agnostic tools such as Terraform or Pulumi, stored in version control.
* **Default to open standards** — prefer open-source databases (PostgreSQL, MySQL), S3-compatible object storage, and standard authentication protocols (OpenID Connect, OAuth 2.0) over proprietary alternatives.
* **Document all provider-specific dependencies** and the justification for each.

*Outcomes optimized: reduced time-to-build, baseline security, avoidance of early lock-in.*

**Tier 2 — Growth (Systems Handling Significant User Populations)**

As systems grow to serve large user bases, additional measures become cost-effective:

* **Design for data portability** — implement comprehensive data export in standardized formats (JSON, CSV, W3C Verifiable Credentials) from the outset.
* **Invest in abstraction layers judiciously** — create thin abstractions for components most likely to require portability (storage, identity, messaging), but avoid over-engineering.
* **Test portability regularly** — periodically deploy to alternative infrastructure to validate assumptions and detect drift.

*Outcomes optimized: data portability, service quality, migration flexibility.*

**Tier 3 — Systemically Critical (Infrastructure Essential to the Economy)**

When a DPI system becomes systemically important — national identity, core payments, civil registry — the full cloud-agnostic posture is warranted:

* **Multi-provider deployment** — active-active or primary-secondary configurations across at least two independent providers.
* **Contractual exit strategies** — service level agreements must include data export requirements, exit assistance provisions, and minimum notice periods.
* **Formal architectural review** — regular review of all provider-specific dependencies with explicit portability trade-off decisions.
* **Minimum downtime targets** — design for near-zero downtime during provider transitions.

*Outcomes optimized: resilience, zero downtime, full sovereignty, vendor negotiation leverage.*


# Future Directions

Several trends will further enable cloud-agnostic DPI deployment:

**WebAssembly**: Emerging WebAssembly runtime standards may provide even more portable compute primitives.

**Edge Computing**: Distribution of workloads across edge locations naturally encourages provider-agnostic design.

**Zero-Trust Architecture**: Identity-centric security models reduce dependency on provider network security constructs.

**Federated Infrastructure**: Multi-party infrastructure management patterns align naturally with cloud-agnostic design principles.

### Conclusion

Cloud-agnostic deployment of DPI systems represents sound architectural practice that aligns technical implementation with strategic objectives of sovereignty, flexibility, and resilience. The maturation of infrastructure-as-code, containerization, and one-click deployment patterns has made cloud agnosticism practically achievable rather than merely theoretically desirable.

Data portability, as both technical capability and architectural principle, serves as the foundation for cloud-agnostic design. By ensuring that data can move freely---whether at the user's request or through operational necessity---DPI implementations preserve optionality and avoid the accumulation of technical debt through lock-in.

As nations invest in digital public infrastructure that will serve citizens for generations, the architectural decisions made today carry lasting consequences. Cloud-agnostic design, implemented through modern deployment automation and grounded in data portability, provides the flexibility to adapt as technology, economics, and geopolitics evolve.


# DPI advisory

CDPI's individual, customised engagement with countries!

The Centre for DPI is:&#x20;

1. Software neutral: We have no product offering of our own and can provide tech architecture advisory regardless of the software you use.&#x20;
2. Technology neutral: We are happy to support countries regardless of whether they choose open source or private procurement.
3. Financing neutral: We don't provide funding or accept payment for our services. We are philanthropically funded and work on a pro bono basis.&#x20;
4. Government neutral: We are a global team, happy to work with any interested government and have no political alignment.&#x20;
5. Country neutral: Our team spans 5 countries and 3 continents, and we work with global development partners, tech providers, and funders without preference for one over another.

<mark style="background-color:purple;">At CDPI, we are only biased towards one thing: Implementation!</mark>

Whichever country, government, funder, technology and software can help DPI implementation roll out in accordance with best practices, and fast timelines, we are happy to support them and work with them to promote global DPI implementation in the country's best interests.

CDPI has team members who have rolled out DPI projects at scale in their own countries, and continue to do so in various contexts. This includes Daniel Abadie, who oversaw Argentina's verifiable credentials system;Emmanuel Khisa who worked on ID and Payments in Africa, and Pramod Varma, the chief architect of the India Stack.

Any country can approach CDPI (please email <info@cdpi.dev>) to engage with us. CDPI can help share some knowledge and insights on the best practices to adopt while designing their digital transformation journeys to ensure they reach scale in sustainable manners, power public and private innovation, and are able to create interoperable, reusable building blocks with minimal funding and resource constraints.

The engagement with CDPI can be as low-touch or intensive as the country chooses. Since CDPI doesn't undertake any project management, funding, or software offering, the complete control over the engagement remains with the country, with CDPI supporting however the country sees fit.

There are three levels of engagement typically carried out between a country and CDPI. The engagement can progress from one level to the next based on the country's interest and progress.

1. **Conversational:** CDPI informally talks to country representatives to understand the ecosystem, provide broad guidance on the DPI approach, share best practices, and identify powerful +1s to existing initiatives through virtual calls.
2. **Co-Creation:** A country chooses to engage with CDPI on a specific use case or project to collaborate on a detailed strategy note, align stakeholders, and build out the tech architecture through virtual calls that may be accelerated through physical visits if required.
3. **Roll-out Action:** A country is rolling out the DPI pilot or project in line with the advice received from CDPI and its other stakeholders, and needs continued support as they reach scale.&#x20;

For more information on how CDPI can engage with countries, please feel free to reach out to us at <info@cdpi.dev>. To understand how CDPI can provide pre-packaged DPI product, policy, and program management kits for rapid deployment, please see [DPI as a packaged Solution (DaaS)](/initiatives/dpi-as-a-packaged-solution-daas).&#x20;


# DPI as a Packaged Solution (DaaS)

A Transformative but Simple Innovation to Implement DPI with Speed

In many ways, 2023 was labeled as ‘The Year of DPI’ (at least for those who work in government, the development sector, or tech-policy institutions!). This year, a concept relatively new in terminology but fairly mature in global practice was brought to the forefront as a powerful strategy to accelerate socioeconomic growth.  It was able to not only withstand the scrutiny of top bureaucrats, policy leaders, and private entrepreneurs across the globe but also fostered a global consensus on the suggested principles for building DPI - which is a rare feat!

Of course, now that there is consensus on the need to build DPI to accelerate growth and development, it falls on the executors in countries - <mark style="background-color:purple;">**how do we build DPI at an accelerated pace to benefit citizens?**</mark>

{% embed url="<https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=VeJpDx5UC-Q>" %}

The idea has been explored in this paper - [The Future of Digital Public Infrastructure: A Thesis for Rapid Global Adoption](https://carnegieindia.org/2024/02/13/future-of-digital-public-infrastructure-thesis-for-rapid-global-adoption-pub-91612)&#x20;


# Why do we need DaaS?

Challenges of Current DPI Implementation that DaaS Seeks to Address

The ground realities of implementation vary not just from country to country, but also by region. Yet a few common challenges in DPI rollouts persist across contexts:&#x20;

1. An <mark style="color:red;">**inherent friction between need and speed of rollout:**</mark> the need for the DPI is urgent for people, but there are often challenges in speed of implementation.
2. The <mark style="color:red;">**local capacity**</mark> to architect and build minimalist technology infrastructure solutions may be low or vary at different levels of government.
3. There may be <mark style="color:red;">**funding or budget gaps**</mark> for execution (not just for the new software systems but also for compute/hardware).
4. <mark style="color:red;">**Procurement cycles**</mark> may be long and tedious to kickstart progress. There are multiple hoops to jump through before a country can even test out the DPI block through a pilot. Some of these are shown below, indicating the complexity countries often face: many have a selection process to identify the team that would eventually craft the RFP to identify a final system builder.

<figure><img src="https://lh7-us.googleusercontent.com/27MGCm4rMwhzKxMl7U3SiaudlOsuBAMwKXDQv6iWeMhUttzmKF5LkszYsudv1aCPbN9nC4gMej3SW9tDv6uLzxuTaT4VelKuVbWtKw9ThDzexHRR08IqIQorupjTR9X9_l5bP9f_aeCHVYIq2Qa7ejM" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

<mark style="background-color:green;">**These execution pains are real!**</mark> Initial planners are often unable to anticipate the exact system requirements eventually needed in nationwide infrastructure. They feel the need to anticipate and prepare for all eventualities, which is an extremely time-consuming process and often doesn’t yield results. The future is constantly evolving. The DaaS framing helps maintain focus on the current context while simultaneously allowing future innovations to be extensible in the future with minimal changes to its foundational protocols and systems. Creating optionality is a powerful strategy for large-scale digital projects.

In many countries there is no <mark style="color:green;">**demonstrated proof of success**</mark> to show others that the <mark style="color:green;">**DPI approach will work at an unprecedented scale**</mark> when applied to a specific use case, in that context, and for those outcomes. A DaaS phase one implementation rollout can help establish this conviction.&#x20;


# DaaS in a nutshell

DPI as a packaged Solution (DaaS) refers to the rapid deployment of DPI, primarily through [upgrades of existing infrastructure](/initiatives/dpi-as-a-packaged-solution-daas/cohort-1-daas-offerings), rather than greenfield implementations. This approach often avoids new or complex procurement processes by leveraging existing systems and vendors.

There are multiple operational modules for DaaS:&#x20;

1. <mark style="background-color:purple;">Benefit from Open Source Artefacts and Funded & Pre-Trained Service Providers:</mark> Countries can choose to join the [funded DaaS program](/initiatives/dpi-as-a-packaged-solution-daas/funded-daas-program-overview) to receive [pre-packaged offerings](/initiatives/dpi-as-a-packaged-solution-daas/pre-packaged-daas-kits) of their chosen product (digital public goods), and pre-trained service providers (trained by the digital public good owner) to support deployment. The program also includes policy frameworks, program management kits, legal templates, and costing models.
2. <mark style="background-color:purple;">Benefit from Open Source Artefacts only:</mark> Countries can also choose to reuse any of the reusable implementation DaaS [artefacts](/initiatives/dpi-as-a-packaged-solution-daas/reusable-daas-artefacts) to rapidly upgrade their existing systems to DPI. For example, reusing an eSign module to add authentication on any ID using an existing vendor, at their own cost and according to their own timelines.  &#x20;
3. <mark style="background-color:purple;">Benefit from Pre-Trained Service Provider only:</mark> Countries can also choose to deploy an offering from a private pre-existing vendor who has been trained under the DaaS program by the DPG owner.

DaaS emphasises fast-track deployment pathways that can often work within existing procurement frameworks or vendor relationships, particularly for minimalist DPI blocks that do not require large new procurements. This ensures quicker delivery of benefits to people and institutions.

DaaS differs from traditional pilots or POCs because the infrastructure is built for population-scale from day one using country resources and capacity, and can reach full coverage in a matter of months. This is supported by the fact that DaaS applies only to minimalist layers such as authentication on top of existing ID systems, rather than ID enrolment itself, which even on a best-effort basis would take years to cover the whole population.

Regardless of whether countries choose to join the funded DaaS cohort or independently execute DPI blocks, it can be helpful to [reuse some standardised DPI artefacts](/initiatives/dpi-as-a-packaged-solution-daas/reusable-daas-artefacts) that can help expedite the process of execution, regardless of the DPI block chosen, the choice of vendor, or the scale of execution.

<figure><img src="/files/1F5edc2YMP4YK9VFplyj" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

<mark style="background-color:purple;">**DaaS will fast track DPI adoption to any ‘hard to reach areas’, applicable beyond the globalisation effort.**</mark>&#x20;

•⁠  ⁠⁠Reusable for sub-national/state level adoption within any large countries, such as state-level registries.

•⁠ Reusable wherever decentralised private adoption of a module is required, such as verifiable credentials.

A presentation on DaaS can be viewed here:

{% embed url="<https://docs.google.com/presentation/d/e/2PACX-1vQ66TefGrsFlrsJTr2hP6SOsmGjV21ziQHWP9K-a2oNI2hdSUG40DIuUeNV-mXvqtAOSNiCm47JPxiK/pub?delayms=3000&loop=false&start=false>" %}


# Pre-packaged DaaS kits

The pre-packaged DaaS kits offer an easily deployable model for various DPI building blocks through packaged product pilots. Through DaaS, you can easily demonstrate proof of success of the DPI approach for your use case, country, context, and outcomes, thereby helping build traction for a full-scale rollout.

<figure><img src="https://lh7-us.googleusercontent.com/Zr7dKWRwDI3ZorC5MnyrfcuvCDQMQeOLB9PELNf-N8VLCeuqBzCpHtChB-WTNn0YR_KUx85GtvmKuKAg3Ss5pVqPNI_2XmcnE6nlQXJzBm1eRQA3xmyp0xJj-sbt1QJLJ4A-6Xi2t6cvpNwe5lgU4Q4" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

The DaaS products significantly <mark style="background-color:green;">**reduce the time, cost, and workforce required**</mark> to build local, use-case driven DPI. While open-source projects offered by Digital Public Goods (as shown in the diagram above) reduce the time taken to build core DPI components, they do not currently reduce the time needed for deployment and technology management infrastructure.&#x20;

**DaaS combines&#x20;**<mark style="background-color:green;">**best-in-class open-source DPGs**</mark>**&#x20;with a new class of&#x20;**<mark style="background-color:green;">**pre-trained technology service providers**</mark>**&#x20;to pre-package DPI for ready deployment for pilots**. In addition to this, it combines **program and policy guidance** so that the time to deployment of the DaaS package is further reduced.&#x20;

DaaS thus leverages best-in-class **Digital Public Goods (DPGs)** to create a **pre-built package** **that** **every country can use to test out a pilot**, using a set of pre-trained **Technology Service Providers**. Countries retain full control over the pilot and all systems built, including the IP, and can customise the systems by adding extensions after the pilot and before they scale.

Countries can also select the **type of cloud they prefer, whether public or private clouds**, to drive growth, inclusion, and scale. Private clouds may be more appropriate under some data protection regulatory frameworks. Countries can also choose to **host the package on-premises** if they have the hosting infrastructure.&#x20;

<figure><img src="/files/0ZJLBjVBwri4FCqbTnlW" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

## DaaS is not very different from what governments already do today!&#x20;

DaaS brings together elements that have been a part of digital governments and national infrastructure building for generations:

1. **Cloud infrastructure** **(public or private) is not new**: It is used for a variety of government digital services.&#x20;
2. **Packaged product software purchases are not new**: They are part of routine government operations, such as through the Microsoft suite, email providers, and similar solutions.&#x20;
3. **Open Source DPGs are not new either**: Multiple governments use open-source components such as X Road for data sharing or open protocols for best-in-practice tech principles.&#x20;

<figure><img src="/files/L3enbgKgCjVIVhvJlqks" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

### DaaS is simply a combination of these things: a small innovation that we believe could have a big impact.&#x20;


# Reusable DaaS Artefacts

Regardless of whether countries choose to join the funded DaaS cohort or independently execute DPI blocks, it can be helpful to reuse some standardised DPI artefacts that can help expedite the execution process, regardless of the DPI block chosen, the choice of vendor, or the scale of execution. These artefacts are templates co-created with the larger international DPI ecosystem to standardise the implementation process. They can be modified as required to suit a country's needs.&#x20;

These artefacts include:&#x20;

1. <mark style="background-color:purple;">Execution readiness checklists</mark>: These tools help countries assess their current infrastructure, map out use cases and stakeholders, and gain a comprehensive understanding on some of the prerequisites for executing DPI in a scalable and sustainable manner.
2. <mark style="background-color:purple;">Legal arrangement templates</mark>: These include a draft Letter of Intent between the country and any open source provider, as well as a back-to-back Memorandum of Understanding between the open source provider and a service provider that can support in-country deployment, in line with privacy, security, and critical DPI safeguards built in.&#x20;
3. <mark style="background-color:purple;">Sample costing models</mark>: An indicative costing model that reflects the typical price ranges of a minimalist DPI execution by leveraging an open source product, irrespective of geography. It also outlines standard team structures based on the technology and program requirements that can support DPI execution. The costs represent extensive consultations with multiple international and local private vendors and open source products across the world, on a range of DPI blocks, based on their prior experience executing similar infrastructures in other countries.&#x20;
4. <mark style="background-color:purple;">Policy kits</mark>: Sample strategy papers that outline the context, challenges, DPI recommendations, mechanisms for implementation, and benefits that can be tailored to suit any country and any DPI block for rapid understanding by, and alignment of, key stakeholders in the country ecosystem.
5. <mark style="background-color:purple;">Program rollout guidelines</mark>: This document highlights the recommended activities that must be conducted during the pre-assessment, training, build, rollout, and scale stages to ensure that there is adequate local capacity, alignment, and momentum for the DPI to reach full maturity.

The DaaS Playbook for rapid deployment of DPI pilots has been open sourced and is linked below.

{% embed url="<https://docs.google.com/spreadsheets/d/1sOxCRUi1E0wPhCxqXlYpxqnSNuDApaHHaFi2eCqvw5g/edit?gid=0#gid=0>" %}

Design thinking behind the artefacts:&#x20;

1. Focused on the country's ability to **rapidly execute** without recreating standardised documents.
2. Prioritises a country-first, impact-first lens by including **rigorous privacy and security measures** across all artefacts in line with best practices and global DPI safeguards
3. **Co-created with an international ecosystem** of development partners, open source providers, private innovators and vendors, and funders to ensure global accuracy, adaptability and acceptance.
4. **Agnostic to the type of DPI** block built, which is suitable for all upgrades to existing DPI and not necessarily all greenfield DPI implementations.
5. Designed for **agile, minimalist country teams to mobilise larger ecosystems** that can support their vision.


# A 3-step process from idea to implementation!

## <mark style="background-color:purple;">Piloting DPI via DaaS is now a simple 3-step process!</mark>&#x20;

1. Countries can choose the use case they want to pilot after reviewing the available products.
2. Have conversations with CDPI, DPGs, and ecosystem market players to understand and procure the DPI DaaS package.
3. Configure it to their systems and infrastructure with the help of pre-trained Service providers who can support (along with the DPG) building local capacity for long term scale and sustainability of the DPI.

<figure><img src="https://lh7-us.googleusercontent.com/jEiw7ruvNSwXV3coHib_skqrfyoY8SFy2eigIUCUsnnh-k38jFeogOi1xfhy1bckBqzaQ6bGi037z2WJ-U0UMSO4CAKc0EJKwpu7IvAHKiOXCHioicGDXhd5x_2SVf6ilr56OiV4OCvFDQ7czIjUYpY" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

## How DaaS Solves Speed, Cost, Data Ownership, and Capacity Constraints

<figure><img src="https://lh7-us.googleusercontent.com/xsUkhiAqNnrT-mN56nUGn5KTZ_URM5tQXYfbr_CGuWu_gfc08zIZc7iD2tvy3QVQQUNHZeMIofaBkn6rpnbIThKlbEsCVds1iJTi6ql45PguQ8F9wHUPXFxZOrd4wdI9XN7t-miTpBMJSV85iSRg4qs" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

<br>

The **benefits** of the DaaS approach are manifold:&#x20;

1. Significantly <mark style="color:green;">**faster**</mark> rollout.
2. <mark style="color:green;">**Less costly**</mark> due to minimal upfront costs, smaller teams, and use of open-source components.
3. <mark style="color:green;">**Clear government ownership**</mark> of the core IP of the system, data, and cloud instance.
4. Significantly <mark style="color:green;">**reduced tech capacity requirements**</mark><mark style="color:green;">.</mark>&#x20;
5. Ability to shift from input-based (capex) to <mark style="color:green;">**outcome (opex) based costing**</mark>, allowing organisations to pay per user rather than for each input cost.&#x20;
6. Can help <mark style="color:green;">**tackle incumbency issues**</mark> to demonstrate proof of concept as a convincing argument.&#x20;
7. <mark style="color:green;">**Provides the flexibility to engage one or more service providers simultaneously.**</mark>
8. <mark style="color:green;">**Choice of clouds and portability.**</mark>
9. <mark style="color:green;">**Achieve scale and speed**</mark> to de-risk churn and changes within the system.


# Funded DaaS Program overview

Deploy DPI in your country by competitively applying for the Funded DaaS Program

The DaaS program is a competitive application process where countries can make the case for why they are best suited to <mark style="background-color:purple;">quickly implement and scale DPI through the DaaS module</mark> in their own countries.&#x20;

### Timelines & Actors in the first wave

The selected countries will be given their <mark style="background-color:purple;">**DaaS packages as well as supplementary funding for DPI rollouts**</mark> by June 2024. The phase one of the DPI roll-out will be launched in 90 days and sustain for another 90 days (making the program duration a total of 180 days) to demonstrate sufficient proof of success. Post the completion of the funded program, the country and DPG can mutually choose to extend it for more time (or another use case), or start the transition to scale.&#x20;

1. The Centre for Digital Public Infrastructure and EkStep Foundation are joint convenors of the program.
2. The first cohort is being executed in partnership with IIITB/EkStep (as open source DPG owners depending on the product).
3. Countries undergo an assessment process to ensure they are ready to execute a time-bound rollout for higher chances of success.&#x20;

<figure><img src="/files/oWugMzOxH8xAFP7Ejjd1" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

### A Final Snapshot: What’s on Offer?&#x20;

1. **DPI Product Packages Available**: Digital authentication, Digital Credentials, ID-Account mapper.
2. **Ecosystem Support Provided**: DaaS package which is provided by DPG providers, certified implementation partners & cloud providers, and Technology Service Providers to implement the DPI.
3. **Funding Sources**: DaaS-based pilot funds from philanthropy, government funders, and other sources to launch DPI.
4. **Timeline to launch**: Countries can reach out to CDPI to be a part of DaaS pilots at <info@cdpi.dev>. The support for rollout and funding will be released after initial rounds of conversation and country assessment (\~2 months).

A more visual representation of the above playbook is attached below:

{% embed url="<https://docs.google.com/presentation/d/1nSzBahAm5FDzx26gJhFZL2495TX0ww5mqsNjrkDcaXw/edit?usp=sharing>" %}


# Cohort 1: DaaS Offerings

In the first wave, DaaS is being offered in the following categories of DPI Building Blocks (in Identity, Payments, and Data Sharing):

1. [<mark style="color:blue;">**Digital credentials:**</mark>](/initiatives/dpi-as-a-packaged-solution-daas/cohort-1-daas-offerings/digital-credentials) Convert any paper certificate, license, or statement into a verifiable certificate with a signed QR code, with a document Wallet app to manage multiple credentials.
2. [<mark style="color:blue;">**Digital authentication:**</mark>](/initiatives/dpi-as-a-packaged-solution-daas/cohort-1-daas-offerings/digital-authentication) Add the capability of authenticating whether the individual who owns any kind of ID is trying to use it for a specific context. For example, via mobile one-time password, PIN, fingerprint authentication, or other modes.
3. [<mark style="color:blue;">**ID Account Mapper**</mark>](/initiatives/dpi-as-a-packaged-solution-daas/cohort-1-daas-offerings/id-account-mapper)<mark style="color:blue;">**:**</mark> Enables mapping of beneficiary IDs with bank account information for use cases such as payment of government-to-person benefits.


# Digital authentication

### What is it?

Add the capability of authenticating whether the individual who owns any kind of ID is trying to use it for a specific context. This can be via mobile one-time passwords, PINs, fingerprint auth, or other modes.

{% embed url="<https://drive.google.com/file/d/1bj4NawPWTHnULb2AonmiYjlGl7aBwQyR/view?usp=drive_link>" %}
A short explainer of digital authentication&#x20;
{% endembed %}

### Why Digital Authentication?

{% tabs %}
{% tab title="Features" %}

| Unified Login                                         |
| ----------------------------------------------------- |
| Layered on ID for multimodal user verification        |
| Single Sign-On capabilities                           |
| Selective data disclosure to third parties            |
| User data sharing with explicit consent               |
| Modular integration with trusted ID systems           |
| Standard-based integration with relying parties       |
| Ensures user privacy and security in all integrations |
| Robust support for biometric authentication           |
| Comprehensive support for wallet-based authentication |
| {% endtab %}                                          |

{% tab title="Benefits" %} <mark style="background-color:purple;">**For the system/business user:**</mark>

| Can securely authenticate users with smartphone, feature phone, or no phone for service delivery                         |
| ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ |
| Enable consented data sharing to safeguard the agency of citizens                                                        |
| Faster service delivery to citizens by eliminating manual, time consuming verification processes                         |
| Narrow and bridge the digital divide by enabling multiple modes of verification, including OTP, biometrics, and password |
| Each business application doesn't have to maintain user profiles and passwords                                           |
| Enable trusted DPI rails to power ecosystem players across private and public service delivery services and platforms    |
| The cost of authenticating an individual, and hence the cost of trust is lesser                                          |

<mark style="background-color:purple;">**For the end user:**</mark>

| Seamless sign-up experience to access services                          |
| ----------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| Users do not need to create new profiles or remember multiple passwords |
| Users are empowered as data is shared only with consent                 |
| Faster service delivery for users                                       |
| Users are empowered to share selective data fields                      |
| Digitally illiterate users can avail services using assisted mode       |
| Lesser chances of impersonations and fraud                              |
| {% endtab %}                                                            |

{% tab title="Value created" %}

| Increase in quality of life across sectors (fundamental needs, finance, healthcare, education) by seamless access to a wide range of services |
| --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| Empowers citizens to actively participate and transact in the society                                                                         |
| {% endtab %}                                                                                                                                  |
| {% endtabs %}                                                                                                                                 |

### What use cases can be powered?

<table data-column-title-hidden data-view="cards"><thead><tr><th>CATEGORY</th><th>USE CASES (given by DPG)</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td><mark style="color:green;"><strong>Agriculture</strong></mark></td><td>Single sign-on with digital ID for farmers to access the Government Portal to place bulk sell orders.</td></tr><tr><td><mark style="color:green;"><strong>Education</strong></mark></td><td>University students authentication to download course digital certificates.</td></tr><tr><td><mark style="color:orange;"><strong>Govt. Services</strong></mark></td><td>Profile data sharing for citizens applying for a driving license with age verification.</td></tr><tr><td><mark style="color:orange;"><strong>Govt. Services</strong></mark></td><td>Profile data sharing for citizens applying for Voter ID with age verification.</td></tr><tr><td><mark style="color:orange;"><strong>Govt. Services</strong></mark></td><td>Single sign-on for registering online police complaints.</td></tr><tr><td><mark style="color:purple;"><strong>G2P Benefits</strong></mark></td><td>Authentication for citizens availing flood relief kits or drought relief items from government-run stores.</td></tr><tr><td><mark style="color:purple;"><strong>G2P Benefits</strong></mark></td><td>Authentication for farmers applying for bank loan waiver or claiming crop insurance relief.</td></tr><tr><td><mark style="color:purple;"><strong>G2P Benefits</strong></mark></td><td>Auth for citizens availing subsidized Food grains from Government run stores/ godowns.</td></tr><tr><td><mark style="color:blue;"><strong>Healthcare</strong></mark></td><td>Authentication for patient registration at hospitals.</td></tr><tr><td><mark style="color:green;"><strong>Financial Inclusion</strong></mark></td><td>eKYC using digital ID for citizens applying for online bank account opening.</td></tr></tbody></table>

{% hint style="success" %}
For DaaS Cohort 1, **eSignet** is the digital authentication product made available.
{% endhint %}

### eSignet  - Additional resources:&#x20;

1. Explainer video of eSignet - <https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=ZfUPRv71s_0>
2. Documentation - <https://docs.esignet.io/>

{% embed url="<https://docs.google.com/presentation/d/1gEXsOEGgASxkkP3gHlqB4_Vmhs2x1tKDKeGA0UvUKdg/edit?usp=sharing>" %}

### eSignet  - Experience centre:

<https://docs.esignet.io/try-it-out/using-mock-data>


# Digital credentials

### What is it?

Convert any paper certificate, license, or statement into a **verifiable certificate with a signed QR** code, with a **document wallet app** to fetch multiple credentials.

{% embed url="<https://drive.google.com/file/d/1hdf3cX_w1rHTF6-IpmQ59eSV9ijevMCg/view?usp=drive_link>" %}
A short explainer on verifiable credentials&#x20;
{% endembed %}

### Why Digital Credentials?

{% tabs %}
{% tab title="Capabilities " %}

| Issuers can issue digitally signed, machine-readable credentials                                              |
| ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| Issuers can revoke the issued credentials                                                                     |
| Issuers can share VCs to users with authentication                                                            |
| Users, or data subjects, can import credentials from various sources, such as issuers, to their mobile wallet |
| Users can share credentials with relying parties from their mobile wallet                                     |
| Relying or verifying parties can receive and verify credentials shared with them                              |
| Credentials can be verified in both online and offline settings                                               |
| {% endtab %}                                                                                                  |

{% tab title="Benefits" %} <mark style="background-color:purple;">**For the system/business user:**</mark>

| Cost of trust is low; not easy to forge the certificate                                                                 |
| ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| Enables low-cost verification anytime, anywhere                                                                         |
| Cost of reissuance is almost completely eliminated                                                                      |
| Different departments can reuse the same infrastructure to generate credentials effortlessly                            |
| Reduces processing costs for presented credentials                                                                      |
| Integrates well into existing workflows, such as issuing paper certificates or emailing documents to recipients         |
| Lesser chances of frauds and impersonation                                                                              |
| Credentials can be issued in both physical and digital formats, ensuring accessibility and inclusion for the population |

<mark style="background-color:purple;">**For the end user:**</mark>

| Empowers the users (owners of the data) with control of data back in their hands                    |
| --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| Increases ease of transactions by eliminating the need to carry paper files or PDFs                 |
| Saves time by removing the need for copying or printing                                             |
| Multiple modes of presenting the credential are available, both offline and online                  |
| Certificates can be stored in wallet of user's choice, allowing for the selection, of multiple apps |
| Enables ease of applying to services, benefits, or schemes by simplifying document submission       |
| Eliminates the fear or risk of losing original credentials or certificates                          |
| Faster access to services through accelerated verification processes                                |
| {% endtab %}                                                                                        |

{% tab title="Value created" %}

| Increase in quality of life across sectors (fundamental needs, finance, healthcare, education) enabled by ease of access to a wide range of services |
| ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| High trust at low cost in cross sectoral systems                                                                                                     |
| {% endtab %}                                                                                                                                         |
| {% endtabs %}                                                                                                                                        |

### What use cases can be powered?

<table data-column-title-hidden data-view="cards" data-full-width="true"><thead><tr><th></th><th></th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td><mark style="color:green;"><strong>Climate</strong></mark></td><td>Issuing carbon credits as verifiable credentials for energy market trading, eligibility for subsidies, etc.</td></tr><tr><td><mark style="color:purple;"><strong>Education</strong></mark></td><td>Students having their education certificates and admission letters as verifiable credentials and sharing them with prospective employers, loan providers, and scholarship programs</td></tr><tr><td><mark style="color:blue;"><strong>Healthcare</strong></mark></td><td>Citizens holding their vaccination details as verifiable credential to demonstrate eligibility for entering public spaces.</td></tr><tr><td><mark style="color:blue;"><strong>Healthcare</strong></mark></td><td>Healthcare professionals with VCs of their professional licensing can present them to enable practice anywhere.</td></tr><tr><td><mark style="color:orange;"><strong>Govt Services</strong></mark></td><td>Passports as verifiable credentials to assist people in their easy commute through airports.</td></tr><tr><td><mark style="color:orange;"><strong>Govt Services</strong></mark></td><td>Business owners holding trade licenses as verifiable credentials gain access to credit facilities.</td></tr><tr><td><mark style="color:orange;"><strong>Govt Services</strong></mark></td><td>Citizens having their civic certificates, including marriage licenses, voter ID, social security information, passports, and driving licenses, as verifiable credentials to be presented as required.</td></tr></tbody></table>

{% hint style="info" %}
For DaaS Cohort 1, **Inji** was the digital credentials product made available.
{% endhint %}

{% hint style="success" %}
For DaaS Cohort 2, **Inji, Walt.id, CREDEBL and QuarkID** are the Digital Public Goods evaluated.
{% endhint %}

This document below outlines a call to action for Service Providers (SP) to adopt a user-centric, verifiable credentialing infrastructure that ensures secure, low-cost, and trusted digital data sharing across sectors.

{% file src="/files/V8UMRZWGVCRo6cDS1yFr" %}

### Inji - Additional resources:

{% embed url="<https://docs.google.com/presentation/d/1pfI5IcFspKgjNvcX-wTmV99kjMWYyIa0dB6uENLlXXQ/edit?usp=sharing>" %}

### Inji - Experience centre:

<https://docs.mosip.io/inji/inji-mobile-wallet/sandbox-details/inji-setup-guide>

### Walt.id - Additional resources:

{% embed url="<https://docs.walt.id/>" %}

### CREDEBL - Additional resources:

{% embed url="<https://docs.credebl.id/docs>" %}

### QuarkID - Additional resources:

{% embed url="<https://github.com/ssi-quarkid>" %}


# ID Account Mapper

### What is it?

Enables mapping of beneficiary IDs with bank account information for use cases such as payment of government-to-person benefits

{% embed url="<https://drive.google.com/file/d/18LJKI3xMtoPKKdj3Ra5hElwuAssajs8T/view?usp=drive_link>" %}
A short explainer on ID Account mapper
{% endembed %}

### Why ID Account Mapper?

{% tabs %}
{% tab title="Capabilities" %}

| Maintains a mapping of an ID and Financial Address                                                                       |
| ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ |
| User login via any trusted digital ID                                                                                    |
| Self-service portal for update of account information                                                                    |
| Standard APIs to query and update financial address                                                                      |
| One ID mapped to 1 Financial Address                                                                                     |
| Multiple IDs may be added for the same user\*                                                                            |
| Bulk upload by Admin or Financial Service Providers (FSPs) such as banks, or Government Departments after authentication |
| {% endtab %}                                                                                                             |

{% tab title="Benefits" %} <mark style="background-color:purple;">**For the system/ business user:**</mark>

| Each benefits delivery system eliminates the need to collect and store sensitive financial information      |
| ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| Minimises leakages due to incorrect information and middlemen                                               |
| Drives new use cases such as salaries, pensions, and scholarships using the same G2P infrastructure         |
| Avoids creating new accounts or fresh KYC processes by utilizing beneficiaries’ existing accounts           |
| Eliminates the need for bilateral agreements with selected bank(s)                                          |
| Reduces the TAT for benefits disbursement by minimizing the time between decision-making and implementation |
| Access to updated and accurate financial information                                                        |
| Reduces failure rates in benefits distribution                                                              |

<mark style="background-color:purple;">**For the citizen:**</mark>

| Empowered to receive benefits in the account of their choice                                         |
| ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| Eliminates the need to create new financial accounts for each social benefits program                |
| Timely receipt of benefits from eligible schemes                                                     |
| Direct receipt of money without any middleman, and hence no bribery                                  |
| Easier sign up process for social protection programs with no need to re-enter financial information |
| Ability to self-update source account                                                                |
| {% endtab %}                                                                                         |

{% tab title="Value created" %}

| Citizens can lead better lives with support from the govt - higher quality of life |
| ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| Restores agency to citizens                                                        |
| {% endtab %}                                                                       |
| {% endtabs %}                                                                      |

### What use cases can be powered?

<table data-column-title-hidden data-view="cards"><thead><tr><th>CATEGORY</th><th>USE CASES</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td><mark style="color:purple;"><strong>Agriculture</strong></mark></td><td>Direct benefit transfer to farmers for fertiliser subsidies</td></tr><tr><td><mark style="color:blue;"><strong>Healthcare</strong></mark></td><td>Ministry of health sending childbirth allowance for pregnant women</td></tr><tr><td><mark style="color:green;"><strong>Education</strong></mark></td><td>Merit-based tuition fee reimbursement for children from low-income groups</td></tr><tr><td><mark style="color:orange;"><strong>Climate</strong></mark></td><td>Energy subsidies for houses with rooftop solar</td></tr><tr><td><mark style="color:red;"><strong>Social welfare</strong></mark></td><td>Direct benefit transfer for vulnerable sections after a natural disaster</td></tr></tbody></table>

{% hint style="success" %}
For DaaS Cohort 1, **OpenG2P SPAR** is the ID-Account Mapper product made available.
{% endhint %}

### Additional resources:

{% embed url="<https://docs.google.com/presentation/d/1WPdTlNW4hZN5TjTUS3zdla8n-6pnEejTL4wK3TxAUgc/edit?usp=sharing>" %}

### Experience centre:

Coming soon!


# Co-create with us!

If you are a DPG, SP or ISV looking to scale DPI implementations - partner with us!

## Inviting DPG participation for DaaS

***

We wanted to share some exciting updates with you!

To accelerate the <mark style="color:purple;">**global 50-in-5 DPI Adoption**</mark> target, the Centre for DPI and EkStep Foundation are co-convening a program for rapid deployment of DPI pilots called DaaS. The idea of DaaS, or <mark style="color:purple;">**DPI as a Packaged Solution**</mark> was first introduced in a [paper](https://carnegieindia.org/2024/02/13/future-of-digital-public-infrastructure-thesis-for-rapid-global-adoption-pub-91612) published by the Carnegie Institute and later presented for discussion at the Global Technology Summit. The program has been designed after taking feedback from key development partners, funders, DPGs, and government agencies. We have published this [wiki](https://docs.cdpi.dev/initiatives/dpi-as-a-packaged-solution-daas) to provide a detailed explanation of how DaaS pilots will be structured.&#x20;

In the first edition of the DaaS program, the following [products](https://docs.cdpi.dev/initiatives/dpi-as-a-packaged-solution-daas/cohort-1-daas-offerings): **Digital Authentication built on top of an existing ID system; Verifiable Credentials; G2P Financial Address Mapper also known as ID-Account Mapper; and AI Assistant** are planned to be made available as packaged, cloud-ready, ready-to-deploy DPIs for participating countries based on country demand.

There are around <mark style="color:purple;">**7-8 implementation-ready countries in the pipeline**</mark> for current and upcoming cohorts across Latin America, Africa, and Asia.

We would like to extend an <mark style="color:purple;">**open invitation to you as DPGs to participate as partners**</mark> We would like to extend an open invitation to you as DPGs to participate as partners for the existing packages of products and for future packages of products. Please let us know if you believe that an open-source project you have could provide one of the products above. The next products we are anticipating to add will be **Civil and Functional Registries,** accessible via open APIs.&#x20;

Your participation will be key to scaling the DPI implementation across countries. We request you to express your interest in participating by filling out this [short form](https://docs.google.com/forms/d/e/1FAIpQLSdPFNSGZdThL-0RT2aGNoarabRA73h9vFHmz9LYmxY-nfTEOA/viewform?usp=sf_link). You can also share this invite directly to any DPGs you believe is suitable. After the initial expression of interest, we will organize a virtual webinar to answer questions and officially onboard DPGs in the DaaS cohorts.

We anticipate that this model will play a critical role in deploying DPI at scale, thereby helping us achieve the ambitious goal of 50-in-5. We are thrilled to have you join us on this exciting and impactful journey. We look forward to your participation!

Regards,

Centre for Digital Public Infrastructure & EkStep Foundation

{% hint style="info" %}
We have compiled a [DPG readiness checklist for DaaS](https://docs.google.com/document/d/15SHAxiRkTdn7EHbtXiNlJc4lf1e9sNhFFnYMv05lb8U/edit#heading=h.px0at9cs9yuo) to help DPGs understand the requirements to package their products under the DaaS model for rapid deployment by countries. DPGs may also find it helpful to read through the [DaaS Playbook](/initiatives/dpi-as-a-packaged-solution-daas/reusable-daas-artefacts) to understand the nuances of the program before filling in the form below.
{% endhint %}

{% hint style="success" %}
Fill this form to join partner on DaaS implementation:
{% endhint %}

{% embed url="<https://docs.google.com/forms/d/e/1FAIpQLSdPFNSGZdThL-0RT2aGNoarabRA73h9vFHmz9LYmxY-nfTEOA/viewform?usp=sf_link>" %}


# Upcoming DaaS cohorts

The upcoming DaaS cohorts will include Civil and Functional Registries and AI Assistant with open APIs as ready-to-implement DPI blocks. In addition to all the products from Cohort 1. Details of the final product offerings are being finalised.

Reach out to us at <mark style="color:blue;">**<info@cdpi.dev>**</mark> for more information or if you would like to participate in the upcoming cohorts as a <mark style="color:green;">**DPG, Funder, Service provider, or Technical Advisory provider.**</mark>&#x20;


# Functional Registries

### What is it?

Convert any database into a trusted, reusable reference like health workers registry, farming land registry, skills registry, and many more.

{% embed url="<https://drive.google.com/file/d/18LJKI3xMtoPKKdj3Ra5hElwuAssajs8T/view?usp=drive_link>" %}
A brief explainer on registries
{% endembed %}

### Why Functional Registries?

{% tabs %}
{% tab title="Capabilities" %}

<table data-header-hidden><thead><tr><th width="698.34375"></th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>Enables implementation of decentralised and interoperable registries</td></tr><tr><td>Machine-readable, digitally signed, and openly accessible via APIs</td></tr><tr><td>Configurable schema to capture minimal &#x26; contextual information</td></tr><tr><td>Enables ease of data updates by the end user</td></tr><tr><td>Claim and attestation workflows to maintain trustworthy data</td></tr><tr><td>Easily verifiable by third-party systems through external attestation and allows easy interoperability with existing systems</td></tr><tr><td>Discoverable registry records with control on public, private, and personal information</td></tr><tr><td>Registries, in addition to providing data about entities they are designed for, also enable verification and authentication of the entities</td></tr><tr><td>Ability to audit changes in registry records</td></tr></tbody></table>
{% endtab %}

{% tab title="Benefits" %} <mark style="background-color:purple;">**For the system/business user:**</mark>

| Open registries enable departments to reuse data, thus preventing the need to re-collect information                                                                 |
| -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| Registries are typically more secure than paper-based systems. Data is protected from theft, loss, or damage.                                                        |
| Improved transparency: Users can see who has accessed or updated a record, and when. This can improve accountability, reduce fraud, and increase trust.              |
| Increased efficiency: Electronic registries can streamline processes, reduce manual effort, and improve turnaround times, helping organizations save time and money. |
| Eliminating the need for repeated data collection and validation.                                                                                                    |
| Data is kept up to date by the end users                                                                                                                             |

<mark style="background-color:purple;">**For the citizen:**</mark>

| Empowers users by allowing them to share their information with consent                                                                   |
| ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| Prevents re-entering of information by users                                                                                              |
| Users can trust and verify the claims of different entities, such as a hospital claiming they are accredited with the national government |
| Users benefit from private innovation using trusted registry data                                                                         |
| Data ownership in the hands of the users                                                                                                  |
| {% endtab %}                                                                                                                              |

{% tab title="Value created" %}
Increased quality of life powered by the trusted ecosystem that registries create
{% endtab %}
{% endtabs %}

### What use cases can be powered?

<table data-view="cards"><thead><tr><th></th><th></th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td><mark style="color:green;"><strong>Healthcare</strong></mark></td><td>A Healthcare Professional Registry that maintains comprehensive records of all health professionals, including doctors and nurses, ensuring registration and verification. This registry provides citizens with access to verified and authentic professionals.</td></tr><tr><td><mark style="color:green;"><strong>Healthcare</strong></mark></td><td>A Health Facility Registry where medical institutions are cataloged, enabling patients to find nearby facilities with the services they need, assured of their quality and authenticity.</td></tr><tr><td><mark style="color:orange;"><strong>Agriculture</strong></mark></td><td>A Farm/Land Registry that catalogs agricultural properties to support sustainable land use planning and facilitate subsidy allocation.</td></tr><tr><td><mark style="color:green;"><strong>Healthcare</strong></mark></td><td>An Organ Registry system including Pledge Registry, Recipient Registry, and Donor Registry that matches donors with recipients, streamlining organ transplantation processes and saving lives.</td></tr><tr><td><mark style="color:red;"><strong>Government Services</strong></mark></td><td>A Government Scheme Registry that connects all eligible citizens with all the welfare programs and schemes run by the government</td></tr><tr><td><mark style="color:purple;"><strong>Education</strong></mark></td><td>Educational Registries: Parents searching for accredited educational institutions in their area for their child and being able to compare the programs, ratings, and facilities offered by each.</td></tr><tr><td><mark style="color:purple;"><strong>Education</strong></mark></td><td>A Student Registry that tracks academic progress, facilitating scholarship opportunities for students.</td></tr></tbody></table>

{% hint style="success" %}
For DaaS Cohort 1, **Sunbird Registries** is the functional registries product made available.
{% endhint %}

### Sunbird registries - Additional Resources:

{% embed url="<https://docs.google.com/presentation/d/1VqSTv_yM4OBzQVivQF_X34GGH1OF0bKlrU85Kk2ZNEw/edit?usp=sharing>" %}

### Sunbird registries - Experience centre:

Demo link, user guide frontend and backend setup: <https://rc.sunbird.org/reference-solutions-for-functional-registries/health-registries/organ-registries>


# AI Assistant

### What is it?

Access just-in-time, trusted information via Chatbot

{% embed url="<https://drive.google.com/file/d/1rXTKZ11Vwj4Z-VR8qm0qfZ71Ccm8uP7I/view?usp=drive_link>" %}
A brief explainer on AI Assistant
{% endembed %}

### Why AI Assistant?

{% tabs %}
{% tab title="Capabilities" %}

| Natural language communication in a conversation format                                                                    |
| -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| All user-bot interactions can be conducted through both text and voice                                                     |
| Includes built-in services to integrate with Telegram and WhatsApp                                                         |
| Communication is supported in multiple languages                                                                           |
| Response to a prompt comes from a predefined set of curated, trusted information sources including audio, video, and text. |
| {% endtab %}                                                                                                               |

{% tab title="Benefits" %} <mark style="background-color:purple;">**For the system/business user:**</mark>

| Easy dissemination of verified information to target population                                                              |
| ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| Reduced cost of scaling the service to larger population                                                                     |
| Any updation in the information sources can be easily relayed to the citizens                                                |
| Can reach population across age groups, and literacy levels using the same channel                                           |
| No need for a new distribution channel. Seamless integration with existing government portals/apps, Whatsapp, Telegram, etc. |
| Potentially increases compliance among citizens and reduces the spread of misinformation                                     |

<mark style="background-color:purple;">**For the citizen:**</mark>

| Citizens get access to just-in-time, context-relevant, trustworthy information                                                   |
| -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| Easy-to-consume nature of information (conversational)                                                                           |
| Multimodal access to information to citizens                                                                                     |
| Multilingual access to information to citizens                                                                                   |
| Saves time by eliminating the need to go through multiple, long, easily outdated sources of information or call centre helplines |
| {% endtab %}                                                                                                                     |

{% tab title="Value created" %}

| Citizens can make informed decisions to access services and participate in the society |
| -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| Restores agency to citizens                                                            |
| {% endtab %}                                                                           |
| {% endtabs %}                                                                          |

### What use cases can be powered?

<table data-column-title-hidden data-view="cards"><thead><tr><th>CATEGORY</th><th>USE CASES</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td><mark style="color:blue;"><strong>Agriculture</strong></mark></td><td>A farmer obtaining information about multiple government schemes and programs.</td></tr><tr><td><mark style="color:purple;"><strong>Climate</strong></mark></td><td>A citizen obtaining information about how to reduce their carbon footprint and various associated subsidies.</td></tr><tr><td><mark style="color:orange;"><strong>Education</strong></mark></td><td>A parent receiving assistance with handling their child with special needs.</td></tr><tr><td><mark style="color:orange;"><strong>Education</strong></mark></td><td>A teacher receiving assistance with using a new teaching technique in her class.</td></tr><tr><td><mark style="color:orange;"><strong>Education</strong></mark></td><td>A student receiving assistance on how to apply for various higher education options and scholarships available to her</td></tr><tr><td><mark style="color:green;"><strong>Healthcare</strong></mark></td><td>A healthcare professional obtaining information on government protocols for preventing a new virus</td></tr><tr><td><mark style="color:red;"><strong>Justice and social welfare</strong></mark></td><td>A social worker receiving suggestions on how she can help a victim of specific type of domestic violence</td></tr></tbody></table>

{% hint style="success" %}
For DaaS Cohort 1, **Sunbird AI Assistant** is the AI Assistant product made available.
{% endhint %}

### Sunbird AI Assistant - Additional Resources:

{% embed url="<https://docs.google.com/presentation/d/1wfTFDmkDdRvPhFF0ZkT67tGtmWDIIw9E5yztgVs0Urk/edit?usp=drive_link>" %}

### Sunbird AI Assistant - Experience Centre:

Experience the AI assistant DPI [here](https://docs.google.com/document/d/1VPf_WQhOBZJF43ltCGH8404Xjk0l_TaEPDhD2Uca9H4/edit?usp=sharing)


# FAQs on DaaS

A common misconception may be that by participating in a DaaS pilot program, a country will be giving up complete control over infrastructure that caters to essential services. However, this is simply not true. Countries retain full control over the DaaS pilot and they are especially beneficial for short-term pilots demonstrating proof of success for the DPI approach.

Common thoughts that may arise || The answer to all is DaaS…

<figure><img src="https://lh7-us.googleusercontent.com/fHLwnI3PSaa6kgx808_WCmZPg67L_byQIm_ccSN8ysCkUb_Lz1DL32KJ6iFTezwHnS5GL8kS-CzhC-nORTDnmosho5f8gADy8_4kerQrkCHKQLisFcBkdeUyK1ZGEqxHudbzWwflVIr9Vea--cMVse0" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

**DaaS is a necessary but not sufficient innovation. It may not solve all technical capacity or funding problems, but it is a necessary first step to simplifying DPI adoption in countries.**

<mark style="background-color:blue;">Additional FAQs</mark>&#x20;

<mark style="background-color:blue;">Is DaaS only a cloud solution? What if I have data sovereignty and data localisation concerns with cloud?</mark>&#x20;

To ensure speed in demonstrating proof of concept and proof of success, we advise countries to use a private or public cloud. A cloud-like computing environment makes deployment of DPG packages extremely simple and fast.

However, either way, cloud is NOT compulsory for DaaS! DaaS can be deployed in a non-cloud on-premises environment as well. The key criterion is for the countries to provision compute, storage, and network infrastructure to enable quick installation of DaaS packages. In the case of public cloud, the OPEX costs are included in the funding, whereas in case of on-premises hosting, countries are required to provision the infrastructure and key infrastructure support personnel from the existing setup; these are not part of the funding.

\ <mark style="background-color:blue;">What if I have poor network connectivity and very high data cost for usage of internet or VPN or leased line?</mark>

Like all Digital Public Infrastructure, DaaS solutions are designed to work for last mile populations that may have poor network connectivity or high data costs. Alternate capabilities for users, such as those available with UPI or verifiable credentials that can work with network, without network in offline mode, with smartphones, feature phones, voice-based interfaces, and other modalities, can be implemented. Depending on the DaaS DPG package, many of these capabilities are built into the design itself and can be rolled out by countries according to their needs.

<mark style="background-color:blue;">How much will I save in terms of time and money?  Give me concrete examples. What if the service providers raise the subscription rates?</mark>&#x20;

Our hypothesis, based on our work with countries, is that it typically takes up to 24 months to roll out a pilot DPI program since countries have to undergo various cycles of approvals, definitions, procurement, funding, and build phases. The DaaS approach will reduce this time period to 8-12 weeks to launch a pilot based on a pre-packaged, pre-templated DaaS package.

For the duration of the pilot, if and when a commercial Service Provider (SP) is involved, their rates can be fixed to avoid custom price discovery and negotiation by each country.

Once the pilot is over, the countries can choose to extend the contract with the same SP who handled their pilot, or switch to another one, depending on the terms finalised between the two parties independently.

<mark style="background-color:blue;">What do I own and what do I not? Is it like renting  a house Vs owning one?</mark>&#x20;

The country will own all the infrastructure of DaaS.

This includes the core IP of the underlying open source DPG, as well as full control of management and data for the systems deployed under the DaaS pilot.

The distinction is not between owning vs renting a house. Rather, think of it as building a house from scratch brick by brick, vs buying a ready-made house that you can move into quickly, where the foundations are already in place but you can do your own customisations as needed.

<mark style="background-color:blue;">Is it really so easy? Have you done it before?</mark>

It operates as a plug-and-play solution if you select one of the cloud options; however, it will require some configurations and extensions according to local country contexts, systems, and needs. This will be a minimalist effort provided by the Service Provider that goes into ensuring the ready-packaged DPI solutions (DaaS) work in a manner best suited to your goals.

None of the concepts of DaaS are new. Cloud technology is frequently used by governments, as are packaged software solutions, and DPI. They have all individually demonstrated ample proof of success. DaaS simply combines and harnesses the power of these existing innovations and infrastructure to enable rapid deployment of socioeconomic projects.

<mark style="background-color:blue;">Won’t we get locked in to cloud service providers like AWS or Azure or google? How easy is it for me to move from AWS to Azure? Are there are multiple commercial companies providing same services (like I can switch from Uber to Ola for transport).</mark>

Since DaaS core packages are fully open source, the possibility of vendor lock-in issues is minimal. Core DaaS packages are built cloud-neutral and will be tested across clouds.

Moreover, multiple SPs will be offered for each DaaS product category. Countries can choose and modify their selections between providers as needed based on their requirements and preferences to create a choice of vendors

<mark style="background-color:blue;">When can I see a pilot of (some service), at a sandbox level</mark>

DaaS is first being offered as a pilot itself. It is not intended to immediately scale but rather to test the concepts for countries to build confidence. For some smaller population contexts, DaaS could meet the full population needs via a pilot, and provide flexibility later to probably migrate the system if needed to a different host.

Individual DPGs that are powering DaaS have their own sandboxes. Countries are free to reach out to them directly to experience their products before accessing them through DaaS if preferred.

<mark style="background-color:blue;">Once the use case from a country is known, how long will it take for the "package" to be ready</mark>

The typical steps envisioned are:

1. Install the DPG solution
2. Integrate with the country-specific workflow to enable the use case.&#x20;

The goal is to have a DPG solution packaged to make the installation possible in less than 8 hours, with integration work requiring between 1 to 3 weeks. During this time, the policy and pilot modalities are worked out in parallel. The current plan is to provide DPI service to the first user within 4 weeks from the kick-off date, defined as the date when the country, service provider, and DPG owner hold their initial meeting after signing the MoU.

<mark style="background-color:blue;">What "features" will the package have if you imagine a typical G2P use case</mark>

In the current release, the G2P use case envisioned is only ID to Account Mapper. Beneficiary & Scheme Management platforms are not planned within this first phase scope. In an existing G2P flow, Mapper comes handy to pay to a beneficiary using a functional ID.

<mark style="background-color:blue;">If a service provider such as Deloitte is spending time and effort packaging this, how will it become available to the competition? Or will this package belong to Deloitte and others will have to build their own?</mark>

DPGs are providing the installable package. Deloitte and other service providers are consuming it as is. Deloitte is building tech support, project management unit (PMU) capacity, and coordination with cloud service providers as part of the DaaS initiative.

In the future, Deloitte may add new features to the open source offering and provide value-added services to create a competitive landscape.

<mark style="background-color:blue;">Does the IP of the package be with the DPG who can allow any other vendor to use it?</mark>

Yes, for the work done and released by the DPG. For any custom packages in future, service providers may be encouraged to use open source licences but this is not mandatory. DPGs/Funders may enforce some of these policies.

<mark style="background-color:blue;">What if the country wants to use some other private sector provider for the second use case of G2P payments (beyond the pilot)?</mark>

It is perfectly possible. It is up to the country to hand over the pilot work to the new private sector vendor or request to install a new instance.

Please note, underlying solutions picked in Phase 1, including Digital Authentication, Digital Credentials, and Mapper, can be reused across departments and vendors. This approach mirrors the implementation in India, Digi Locker credentials, Aadhaar, and NPCI mapper are used by various DBT programs.

&#x20;

<br>


# Country x DPG MOU /LoI FAQs

Please see the DaaS legal framework [here ](https://docs.google.com/document/d/1WjoUDT0IB9Jcel5eyA1q0279UJj_cYmhLxlFJE9hsv4/edit?pli=1\&tab=t.0#heading=h.k552y4umgrjn)

<mark style="background-color:orange;">Q. What’s the overall legal framework of DaaS?</mark>&#x20;

A. There are 4 parties involved in DaaS:&#x20;

1. DaaS Country Partner - the Country department which is executing the DaaS package&#x20;
2. DaaS DPG Partner - the DPG which is providing the DaaS product to be deployed in the country
3. Service Provider(s) - the entity(ies) that will deploy, maintain and provide the technical support during the pilot of DaaS&#x20;
4. Advisor - the partner covering all advisory ( managerial, technical, legal  etc)related to DaaS. For the first cohort, this will be the Centre for DPI. &#x20;

These parties interact with each other in the following ways:&#x20;

1. LoI or MOU between DaaS Country Partner and DaaS DPG Partner
2. Ecosystem Participation Terms signed by all SPs and DPGs part of the DaaS ecosystem
3. MOU or LoI between the DaaS Country Partner and the Advisor (optional)&#x20;

<mark style="background-color:orange;">Q. Why have we standardised a DaaS MoU at all for DPI Pilots across multiple countries and across multiple DPGs? Can’t we use an existing MoU template that may be country-specific or DPG specific?</mark>&#x20;

A. The way DaaS pilots will scale in a safe and orderly manner across countries and various building blocks is via standardisation of both technical products as well as the legal and governance framework. The key advantages exist of leveraging a standard MoU are:&#x20;

1. **Accelerated Funding for Countries:** The MoUs have been crafted in a manner that builds comfort for funders and DPGs on various topics, such as data governance; institutional ownership; timelines, etc. We can only guarantee speed of funding approval with the standard DaaS MoU.&#x20;
2. **Timely kick off of pilot:** Existing MOUs or agreements may contain custom formats or clauses that are different from the standard MOU language provided. This customisation could delay the approval cycles for the DPG counterpart and disrupt the fundamental target of DaaS which is rapid deployments of DPI pilots.&#x20;
3. **Multi-DPI Scale Up Potential for Countries:** Once a DaaS MOU is signed, annexes to same MOU can be reused by the country for additional DPI blocks offered by the same DPG in the future. Once an MoU draft is approved, it becomes a precedent for other departments in the country to use the same draft to deploy DPI blocks offered by different DPGs in the future.
4. However this is only a recommended option. In case a country, due to its legal and administrative contexts, require a different MOU, that can be considered by adding a country specific annexe

<mark style="background-color:orange;">Q. How is this MoU designed to scale up to multiple countries with different contexts; different types of DPI products, etc?</mark>

\
A. Typically, the negotiation process for MOUs can act as roadblocks that delay rapid deployment. This is why in DaaS, we have created a standard MOU template that all parties can use to get swift approval from the legal teams and immediately trigger approval and execution cycles. The MOUs are designed keeping the best interests of the country at the forefront whilst allowing for an acceptable framework for DPGs housed in various institutional contexts. It allows for a range of DPGs and SPs to participate in the program, giving countries the optionality and agency to choose their partners without being locked in to a particular vendor. Depending on the specific DaaS product being deployed and the type of implementation, whether cloud-based or on-premises, a standardised annex can be added into the MOUs to reflect the details of the execution.&#x20;

\ <mark style="background-color:orange;">Q. Does this MoU change if I choose an on-cloud vs an on-premises locally hosted DPI?</mark>

A. No, it doesn’t. The choice of hosting the DPI, whether private cloud, public cloud, on-premises, is a choice for countries when deploying DaaS. A standardised annex is available for both options that can be incorporated into the MOU depending on the country’s choice.

<mark style="background-color:orange;">Q. Does the MoU mention the specific Service Provider that will be deployed by the DPG in the country, along with their roles and responsibilities?</mark>&#x20;

A. No, the MOU between the country and the DPG only lays a framework for DPGs to engage a service provider(s) to provide technical capacity and support for deployment in the local country context. The MoU is service provider agnostic. Please note that the selection of the Service Provider may happen after this Country-DPG MoU is signed, and the SP may be adjusted or augmented if the execution cycles of the SP do not meet the benchmarks set by the DPG. The roles and responsibilities of the SPs are mentioned in the Ecosystem Participation Terms signed by all SPs and DPGs.<br>

<mark style="background-color:orange;">Q. Will the Country-DPG MoU be available in a language other than English for countries for whom English is not the native language?</mark>&#x20;

A. Since DaaS is a program offered globally, we have standardised the language in order to help in scale. Due to this, the standard language for the MOU is English. However, the MOU can be translated into any language by the DaaS implementer for their own records and reference. Since it is difficult for us to check the accuracy of translated MOU, in case of a dispute, the English language MOU will be considered the legal basis for the DaaS engagement and will be the version of the MOU that is valid in the court of law.

\ <mark style="background-color:orange;">Q: Why have an MOU between a country and a DPG, when it is not the DPG who will ultimately implement the product in the country, but rather the DPG will outsource it to a third party service provider?</mark>&#x20;

A. The DPG is the ‘DaaS DPG Partner’, which means that it is the responsibility of the DPG to support implementation of the DaaS package in the country. To do so, it may utilise the support of a SP or multiple SPs to help with capacity building and technical execution through a separate MOU. Since the DaaS product is owned by the DPG, they will be responsible for training the SPs and ensuring that the deployment adheres to best practices.

There are multiple reasons for this:&#x20;

1. Countries are assured to get long-term support for open source software, including communications on sunset versions, backward compatibility upgrades for supported community versions, and community connections. This helps ensure that the product is always adhering to the latest technology standards and industry best practices.
2. In the current DaaS design, funders can’t directly fund countries. Instead, funds are routed through the DPGs to DPG-trained and implementing service partners. In the future, there can be other models to route funds, and similar MoU templates will emerge.
3. In this model, countries don’t have to go through time-consuming RFP routes to select implementation partners. They can quickly deploy DPI pilots to demonstrate proof of concept and proof of success within their own contexts. Post the pilot phase, countries are expected to identify long-term service partners as per countries processes.
4. DaaS is about packaging policy, procurement, core product software, pre-built and configured solutions, and training resources. This MoU serves as a template to expedite rollout while maintaining an appropriate balance between speed and the protection of a country's independence and sovereignty.
5. In the current design, Service Providers have a back-to-back agreement with DPGs to ensure all obligations are delivered through them. This arrangement keeps all 3 parties (country, DPG, and service provider) aligned on the same track and moving efficiently.&#x20;

<mark style="background-color:orange;">Q. How does this MoU ensure data protection and privacy, along with cybersecurity in my DaaS DPI implementation?</mark>

A. The country owns the implementation. The data resides in servers , either on-premises or on cloud, which are directly and completely controlled by the government. The data is encrypted at all levels. Neither the DPG nor the Service Providers will have access to data, unless the country grants permission for a specific purpose and duration, and only under the watchful eyes of a country administrator.

<mark style="background-color:orange;">Q. How does this MoU protect against exogenous shocks, like a political or economic crisis that may prevent the progress of the pilot?</mark>&#x20;

A. This MOU allows parties to pause or terminate the engagement in the event of political unrest, a breakdown in public order, natural disasters, health or political emergencies, war or civil disorder, or any governmental action that renders the performance of the terms of this MoU impossible. This allows all parties to safely pause or exit the engagement with minimal collateral damage and, when appropriate, re-engage when the situation warrants.

<mark style="background-color:orange;">Q: What does CDPI/ EkStep get from this?</mark>&#x20;

A: Nothing, in monetary terms. CDPI is a philanthropically funded organisation, and can thus, provide pro-bono support to countries to build their own DPI. DaaS is an easier path for countries to securely and efficiently deploy DPI, which aligns with our mandate and mission of driving countries’ digitisation journeys. EkStep is a non-profit organisation that builds DPGs that contribute to DPI, such as AI Assistant, which is a part of DaaS. They have a relationship with cloud providers and hyperscalers, as well as experience in high-scale ecosystem technological deployments to guide on design of standard artefacts, thus aligning with their mandate. The only request we frame for countries to ‘give us in return’ is their commitment to engage their best people and resources in order to help make this a successful project for themselves, and associated third parties who are putting a lot of effort into this.&#x20;

<br>


# Ecosystem Participation Terms FAQs

Please see the DaaS legal framework [here](https://docs.google.com/document/d/1WjoUDT0IB9Jcel5eyA1q0279UJj_cYmhLxlFJE9hsv4/edit?pli=1\&tab=t.0#heading=h.k552y4umgrjn)

<mark style="background-color:purple;">Q. What’s the overall legal framework of DaaS?</mark>&#x20;

A. There are 4 parties involved in DaaS:

1. DaaS Country Partner: the country department which is executing the DaaS package.
2. DaaS DPG Partner: the DPG which is providing the DaaS product to be deployed in the country.
3. Service Provider(s): the entity(ies) that will deploy, maintain and provide the technical support during the pilot of DaaS.
4. Advisor: the partner covering all advisory matters related to DaaS, including managerial, technical, and legal aspects. For the first cohort, this will be the Centre for DPI.

These parties interact with each other in the following ways:

1. LoI or MOU between DaaS Country Partner and DaaS DPG Partner
2. Ecosystem Participation Terms signed by all SPs and DPGs that are part of the DaaS ecosystem
3. MOU or LoI between the DaaS Country Partner and the Advisor (optional)&#x20;

<mark style="background-color:purple;">Q. Why have ecosystem participation terms instead of bilateral contracts between the DPG and SP?</mark>

A. Bilateral contracts usually undergo lengthy negotiation processes before each signing and due to this, the terms agreed to by different DPGs and SPs would differ. Due to this, the countries would have no common bar on how to assess the offerings by the DPGs and the SP selection committee would have no common bar on how to judge the SPs bidding for a project. The goal of the EPT is to align all parties into basic foundational clauses such as cyber security, data portability, open source code etc. to adhere to the 'rapid deployment' and 'standardisation' goals of DaaS.&#x20;

<mark style="background-color:purple;">Q. Will SPs still need an additional bilateral contract to close on compensation and other details of implementation that cannot be standardised?</mark>&#x20;

A. The 'contract' in this case is a multi-party contract termed as Ecosystem Participation Terms that lay out the general contracting clauses of any DaaS implementation. The country-specific implementation details are governed by the 'Country Scope Document', which is signed off on by the Country and DPG, and signed by the implementing SP. This also indicates the compensation amount, deliverables, payment schedules, and other elements which would typically be covered under a special contracting clause.

<mark style="background-color:purple;">Q. When do EPT terms kick in?</mark>&#x20;

A. The EPT comes into force only for the DPG and SP chosen for a particular implementation post the signing of the country scope document.&#x20;

<mark style="background-color:purple;">Q. Why does the MOU restrict Service Providers from using code under their own IP that is not available through open source?</mark>&#x20;

A. The principle behind DaaS is standardisation and productization. This means that all the products available through the DaaS program must be exactly replicable and rapidly executable for multiple countries; hence it involves standard legal frameworks, product kits, funding amounts, etc. If a service provider brings in their own proprietary code or IP into the execution cycle, multiple scenarios separate from the best practices of DaaS may play out:&#x20;

1. The country may get locked-in to that particular service provider since a new vendor will not have access to that code or IP.
2. It will prevent the country or DPG from switching service providers mid-way in case of any contingency.
3. The same DaaS product if deployed in another country with another service provider will see a different execution with different features since the code will not be replicable, and it will defeat the purpose of DaaS.

<mark style="background-color:purple;">Q. So can I as a Service Provider take the base-line open source product and pitch it to countries myself without DaaS?</mark>&#x20;

A. Of course! In the initial cohorts of DaaS, the DPGs provide training and capacity building for service providers on their products. Once a service provider feels sufficiently empowered, they are free to approach countries directly and deploy the open source code on their own, enhanced by their own IP as they see fit.

<mark style="background-color:purple;">Q. Why aren't cloud providers included in the EPT?</mark>&#x20;

A. Cloud providers typically have back-to-back contractual agreements with the SP to support on country deployment. From a DaaS implementation perspective, we did not want to distribute the accountability among various participating entities so we restricted it to SPs who receive the compensation from the DPGs for implementation and are thus responsible for its timely execution. Cloud providers would operate as an entity under the SPs.

However, similar to SPs, cloud providers are also empowered to individually utilise DaaS artefacts and open source DPG code to implement independently in countries.\
\ <br>


# DPI Residents Program

To be updated soon!


# Agri Connect (forthcoming)


# Glossary

**SDK -** A software development kit (SDK) is a set of software tools and programs provided by hardware and software vendors that developers can use to build applications for specific platforms.


# Curated Specifications

Reference Links

## 1. Overview

Centre for Digital Public Infrastructure (CDPI) curates open standards and specifications across various categories of DPIs for easy reference. This is an initiative to curate specifications that follow [DPI principles](/the-dpi-wiki/dpi-tech-architecture-principles) to enable countries to create required Digital Public Infrastructure rails. This list includes open specifications that are published by non-profit global institutions or agreed upon based on a global governance, as well as de-facto standards used by countries where the specifications have reached a scale of over 10 million transactions.

**Note:**

1. This is a draft and all stakeholders in DPI space can share their comments.
2. Reference implementations listed here are provided as per the claim of implementing organisations. CDPI has not verified these claims.
3. Countries are advised to independently verify at the time of the adoption.

## 2. Identifier & Registries

### 2.1 Auth & eKYC

1. OAuth - [specs](https://www.rfc-editor.org/rfc/rfc6749)
2. Open ID - [specs](https://openid.net/developers/)
3. SAML - [specs](http://docs.oasis-open.org/security/saml/Post2.0/sstc-saml-tech-overview-2.0.html)

## 3. Signatures & Consent

### 3.1 eSign

1. PKCS #10 - [standard](https://datatracker.ietf.org/doc/html/rfc2986)

### 3.2 Digital Data Sharing Consents

1. Electronic Consent artefact (Ministry of IT, India) - [spec](https://dla.gov.in/sites/default/files/pdf/MeitY-Consent-Tech-Framework%20v1.1.pdf)
2. Consent building block (Govstack) - [docs](https://govstack.gitbook.io/bb-consent/) | [specs](https://github.com/GovStackWorkingGroup/bb-consent)

## 4. Payments

### 4.1 G2P, P2P & P2M Payments

1. G2P Connect - [docs](https://g2pconnect.cdpi.dev/g2p-connect/readme) | [specs](https://g2p-connect.github.io/specs/)
2. P2P / P2M - Unified Payments Interface Protocol (forthcoming)
3. UK Open Banking Payments - [specs](https://standards.openbanking.org.uk/api-specifications/)
4. ISO 20022 messaging standards [docs](https://www.iso20022.org/iso-20022-message-definitions?business-domain=1) | specs

#### 4.1.1 Reference Implementations

1. Batch payments -  [Mojaloop](https://docs.mojaloop.io/getting-started/), [Mifos](https://mifos.org/resources/documentation/)
2. Beneficiary / Scheme Mgmt partners - [OpenG2P](https://docs.openg2p.org/guides/developer-guides), [OpenSPP](https://docs.openspp.org/index.html), [DIGIT](https://core.digit.org/)
3. Cash In Cash Out (CICO) - AePS [specs](https://www.npci.org.in/PDF/AePS/MicroATM_Standards_v1.5.1_Clean.pdf?TSPD_101_R0=08f002952bab20008b7d8da5fd1e2eab2b05707bcf97d4d8a37e2e70559f1e5cf52cf371b2dd168808262911fb14300061acdcd788119a546d34e72dd804f44c2e3b50502dbe0deab71add6e66931a3c1c3f7d06c44de06e493ae71639d420a0) published by NPCI/IBA/UIDAI

## 5. Data & Open AI/ML Models

### 5.1 Verifiable Credentials Issuance

1. W3C compliant issuance [standard](https://www.w3.org/TR/vc-data-model/) | implementation [guide](https://www.w3.org/TR/vc-imp-guide/) | draft issuance api [specs](https://w3c-ccg.github.io/vc-api/)
2. ISO/MDL
3. G2P Connect issuance [docs](https://g2pconnect.cdpi.dev/protocol/interfaces/credentialing) | specs

#### **5.1.1 Reference Specs/Implementations:**

1. Sunbird VC issuance [docs](https://docs.sunbirdrc.dev/learn/readme) | [specs](https://github.com/Sunbird-RC/sunbird-rc-core/tree/main/api-documentation)
2. Inji by MOSIP [docs](https://docs.mosip.io/inji/) | specs
3. CREDEBL (Self-Sovereign Identity (SSI) & Verifiable Credentials (VCs))  [docs](https://docs.credebl.id/en/intro/what-is-credebl/) | [specs](https://github.com/credebl)

### 5.2 Verifiable Credentials - Presentation

1. W3C compliant presentation standard | Implementation [guide](https://www.w3.org/TR/vc-imp-guide/)

#### 5.2.1 Reference Specs/Implementations:

1. Credential Schemas: Sunbird VC [specs](https://github.com/VC-Specs/vc-specs) | [schemas](https://docs.google.com/spreadsheets/d/1y4z1X7Dfercj7C3wkKbPAR_ExHbL_KgXbwtFzeFK078/edit#gid=1454655977) (draft)
2. EU digital identity wallet [docs](https://github.com/eu-digital-identity-wallet/eudi-doc-architecture-and-reference-framework/blob/main/docs/arf.md) | [specs](https://github.com/eu-digital-identity-wallet/eudi-doc-architecture-and-reference-framework)

### 5.3 Consented Data Sharing

1. X-Road [docs](https://docs.x-road.global/)| [specs](https://github.com/nordic-institute/X-Road)
2. Account Aggregator (Financial data sharing) [specs](https://github.com/Sahamati/account-aggregator-standards)

### 5.4 Datasets

1. ML data sets to train for local languages [docs](https://bhashini.gov.in/ulca/model/benchmark-datasets) | specs

## 6. Discovery & Fulfilment

### 6.1 eCommerce Network

1. Beckn Protocol - [docs](https://becknprotocol.io/) | [specs](https://github.com/beckn/protocol-specifications)

### 6.2 Education

1. Sunbird - [docs](https://sunbird.org/product/building-blocks) | specs
2. BeckN DSEP - docs | [specs](https://github.com/beckn/DSEP-Specification)

### 6.3 Healthcare

1. BeckN Decentralised Health Protocol - DHP [docs](https://developers.becknprotocol.io/docs/introduction/introduction/) | [specs](https://github.com/dhp-project/DHP-Specs)
2. Health Claims Exchange - HCX [docs](https://docs.hcxprotocol.io) | [specs](https://github.com/hcx-project/hcx-specs)
3. Data exchange
   * Consent-based data exchange: DEPA [docs](https://depa.world) | [specs](https://github.com/iSPIRT/DEPA/blob/main/depa_2.0.yaml)
   * X-Road [docs](https://docs.x-road.global/)| [specs](https://github.com/nordic-institute/X-Road)
4. Data schema/ standards- [docs](http://www.hl7.org/fhir/documentation.html)
5. Information management systems (individual, hospital, community levels)
   * OpenMRS - [docs](https://wiki.openmrs.org/) | [specs](https://github.com/OpenMRS)
   * DHIS2 -[ docs](https://dhis2.org/about/)&#x20;
   * OpenEHR - [docs](https://specifications.openehr.org/releases/BASE/latest/architecture_overview.html#_architecture_overview) | [specs](https://openehr.atlassian.net/jira/projects)
   * OpenELIS - [docs](http://docs.openelis-global.org/en/latest/) | [specs](https://github.com/I-TECH-UW/OpenELIS-Global-2/)
6. Vaccination certificate (Verifiable credential): DIVOC [docs](https://divoc.digit.org/) | [specs](https://github.com/egovernments/DIVOC)

### 6.4 Social Networks

1. Open social network (Decentralized Social Networking Protocol) [docs](https://dsnp.org/introducing-dsnp.html) | [specs](https://spec.dsnp.org/)


# Licensing

Content of this site is licensed under CC BY-SA 4.0 by CDPI

**Citation guidelines:**

**Centre for DPI. (2024).&#x20;*****\[Title of the Article]***\*\*. DPI Wiki. Retrieved from <https://docs.cdpi.dev/**&#x20>;

For example:

**Centre for DPI. (2024).&#x20;*****Understanding DPI*****. DPI Wiki. Retrieved from <https://docs.cdpi.dev/understanding-dpi>**


# Contact Us

You can reach us at [<mark style="color:blue;">info@cdpi.dev</mark>](mailto:info@cdpi.dev)


# Acerca de la Wiki sobre DPI

En un panorama saturado de innovación tecnológica y un clima geopolítico muchas veces polarizado, la Infraestructura Pública Digital (DPI) ha surgido como un punto inusual de encuentro entre países. Hoy en día se reconoce como una poderosa estrategia para impulsar un crecimiento económico integrador y sostenible.

A través de la Wikipedia DPI, hemos tratado de condensar 15 años de experiencia y conocimientos prácticos sobre su implementación en varios países, abordando algunas áreas clave que conforman lo que llamamos el “Enfoque DPI”. Está pensada para ser un recurso vivo, constantemente actualizado con lo más reciente y lo importante.

Hemos intentado simplificar al máximo todo lo que necesita saber para empezar a ejecutar una DPI inclusiva, interoperable y a gran escala en su país, en temas como agricultura, finanzas, sanidad, educación, formación, comerció electrónico y mucho más.

A los diseñadores y profesionales de países que trabajan incansablemente para resolver problemas sociales a gran escala: esta wikipedia es para ustedes.

Esperamos que esto les ayude a acercarse a sus objetivos de implementación.

¡Envíenos sus avances para que podamos celebrar con ustedes!

Con mucho cariño,

Kamya Chandra | Vijay Vujjini

Anusree Jayakrishnan | Tanushka Vaid

<br>


# DPI: Un resumen

Una metodología comprobada para transformar naciones a escala

**Infraestructura Pública Digital** - o DPI - es un término al que se refieren con frecuencia funcionarios de gobiernos, think tanks, instituciones de desarrollo, organizaciones sin ánimo de lucro y directores ejecutivos de todo el mundo como un **enfoque transformador** para dar un salto hacia el desarrollo a gran escala. Países como Brasil, India, Singapur, Australia y Tailandia han desarrollado y ampliado sus DPI. Como sucede con cualquier concepto en constante evolución, cada nuevo proyecto y experimento en todo el mundo modifica el significado del término. En el Centro de DPI nos gustaría ayudar a los países a responder a la siguiente pregunta: ¿cuál es esa fórmula mágica que llaman DPI, y cómo puede acelerar nuestros planes nacionales de digitalización para crear **economías digitales innovadoras e inclusivas?**

{% file src="/files/VLEuBrYvZY4oIZ20n2Cq" %}

<figure><img src="/files/nYdXFGTO8UzXnw0G0nDM" alt="" width="563"><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

Para responder a esta pregunta, conviene mirar hacia atrás. El movimiento DPI se inspira en los estándares y especificaciones abiertos que crearon el Internet (TCP-IP, HTTP, HTML, SMTP, etc.) y las redes móviles (GSM, SMS, LTE, etc.), que funcionaron como la infraestructura digital original de finales del siglo XX, desencadenando un auge de la innovación pública y privada, lo cual rompió barreras e impulsó la inclusión. Nuestra opinión controversial: Ninguna otra innovación tecnológica reciente - ni el iPhone, ni un portátil, ni siquiera un chip informático - provocó tanta innovación como los estándares abiertos originales. Sí, como leíste.

De cara al futuro, ¿cómo pueden los países adoptar un enfoque similar que catalice la inclusión y la innovación en sus propias naciones en temas como el acceso al dinero, a la salud, a la educación y a la innovación competitiva en los servicios?

El enfoque DPI consiste en avanzar de las plataformas a las redes abiertas impulsadas por protocolos. Creemos que hay 5 categorías fundamentales que conforman la infraestructura pública digital del siglo XXI: identificadores y registros electrónicos; credenciales digitales e intercambio de datos; firmas electrónicas y consentimiento; discovery and fulfillment (exploración y desarrollo de servicios) descubrimiento y cumplimiento; y pagos.&#x20;

Para una economía digital, estas funciones deben ser accesibles a bajo costo. Afortunadamente, al contrario de lo que ocurre con la telefonía móvil e Internet, estas DPI requieren aún menos infraestructura física complementaria (cables, torres de telefonía móvil, etc.) para crear un impacto escalable.

<figure><img src="/files/xH61tpPD5SdOQEs12TKd" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

Estas categorías no son mutuamente excluyentes. De alguna manera, los sistemas de pagos son también una forma de compartir datos. Las firmas digitales, por ejemplo, se usan en sistemas de identidad, pagos e intercambio de datos, entre otros. El consentimiento, por otro lado, es imprescindible en la identificación y en el intercambio de datos. ¡Estas categorías son simplemente para entender en qué áreas concentrarse al momento de construir DPI!

Además, esta no es una lista exhaustiva. Estos bloques son necesarios pero no suficientes para lograr una economía digital próspera. También es importante señalar que los bloques solo pueden considerarse como DPI si se construyen de acuerdo con los principios de arquitectura técnica: un sistema de intercambio de datos que no es interoperable o una identificación digital que no es minimalista o reutilizable no puede considerarse como infraestructura pública digital.

Distintos componentes básicos en cada una de estas categorías pueden impulsar resultados exponenciales **en cada uno de los sectores de la economía y de forma transversal a todos ellos.**

<figure><img src="/files/VccokcpPJkle6YlMjqHY" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

<figure><img src="/files/hHpI2GcUyFDqLgNIkO1I" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

...creando **ecosistemas** que combinen 1) la arquitectura **tecnológica** idónea; complementada con 2) marcos de **gobernanza** transparentes, responsables y participativos; y 3) una sólida innovación del **mercado** público y privado.

<figure><img src="/files/qjmTSV6N4ypWZURQ6uo8" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

**En cada una de las siguientes secciones,** abordaremos los **elementos básicos** de estas categorías, y **vincularemos a planos/especificaciones abiertos que su país puede utilizar** para iniciar la transformación.

También hemos pensado en algunos principios de arquitectura tecnológica y [guías de implementación/ejecución](/es/la-wiki-ipd/dpi-implementation-and-execution-guidance) que esperamos sean útiles.

**Empecemos.**

1. [Identificadores y Registros Electrónicos](/es/technical-notes/digital-ids-and-electronic-registries)
2. **Firmas electrónicas, PKI y consentimiento**
3. **Pagos**
4. **Intercambio de datos, credenciales y modelos**
5. ***Discovery & Fulfilment***


# Los Principios DPI de Arquitectura Tecnológica

¿Cómo distinguimos los proyectos de digitalización regulares de la DPI?

<figure><img src="/files/JHpUVnDvkgGbKFXKrr0f" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

Estos cinco principios de arquitectura tecnológica ilustran cómo pueden diseñarse proyectos DPI para diferenciarse de los más tradicionales: 1) Interoperabilidad; 2) componentes base minimalistas y reutilizables; 3) innovación diversa e inclusiva del ecosistema; 4) preferencia por permanecer federados y descentralizados; y 5) seguridad y privacidad por naturaleza.&#x20;

Cuando son aplicados, estos principios tecnológicos ayudan a las DPI a lograr resultados sociales como la inclusión, elección del usuario, innovación, escala y rapidez de servicios, confianza hacia lo público, competencia en los mercados, y otros como indicados a continuación.

<figure><img src="/files/oMdgHNTj4rqCJjNujUzg" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>


# Interoperabilidad

Impulsada por Especificaciones Abiertas

**Resumen (A qué apuntar)**

Acelera los efectos de las redes para impulsar la innovación y la competencia con especificaciones tecnológicas, protocolos y normas para diversas funciones que permitan la interoperabilidad entre múltiples actores. Evita el trabajo en silos, la fragmentación de las redes, la monopolización, y el jardín vallado (walled garden) por naturaleza.

**Herramientas técnicas (Cómo lograrlo)**

* Protocolos y estándares/especificaciones publicados para que el ecosistema los adopte y los cumpla.&#x20;

**Resultados Sociales (Por qué importa)**

* Elección de soluciones y servicios para las personas
* Escala de acceso y adopción para individuos
* Competencia en los mercados permaneciendo interoperables
* Innovación hecha por jugadores del mercado para impulsar diversidad en el servicio


# Componentes base minimalistas y reutilizables

¡No son soluciones completas!

**Resumen (A qué apuntar)**

No podemos predecir el futuro, ni prever todos los escenarios para construir una solución digital completa de inicio a fin - por ejemplo, un sitio web, un portal o una aplicación - que responda a todas las necesidades de una población diversa y dinámica. Lamentablemente, el enfoque de una solución completa presupone que una única solución podría servir a todos, o que una sola institución podría construirla.

Más bien, este principio exige que los arquitectos tecnológicos **desagreguen** los problemas y las soluciones en componentes base **esenciales, modulares, minimalistas y reutilizables** con protocolos y especificaciones abiertos para conectarlos. Cuando se reutilicen, estos componentes deben generar una **confianza alta** y **costos bajos** para otras entidades públicas y privadas. El ecosistema puede entonces combinar estos componentes base para crear múltiples soluciones adaptadas al fin requerido (como los bloques de lego). El minimalismo y la modularidad también permiten que cada componente base sea extensible para construir o añadir posteriormente a medida que evolucionen las tecnologías y capacidades futuras.

Esto garantiza la simplicidad de la DPI, el costo/riesgo bajo del desarrollo, la facilidad de la escalabilidad/adopción, una mayor innovación en torno a la DPI, la capacidad de evolucionar para abordar futuros casos de uso y evita la codificación rígida y el desarrollo de soluciones monolíticas costosas full stack.

El maximalismo crea complejidad, alto riesgo y una menor innovación; no puede hacer frente a futuros avances y, lo que es más importante, fomenta la exclusión.

**Herramientas técnicas (Cómo lograrlo)**

* Diseño de componentes minimalistas, protocolos/especificaciones que NO forman una solución completa, pero cumplen una función correctamente.
* Esto significa que los arquitectos técnicos de DPI no deben especificar en exceso los campos de datos, las formas de datos, modos de uso, tipos de autenticación, etc.

**Resultados Sociales (Por qué importa)**

* Viabilidad y Éxito de la intervención digital&#x20;
* Privacidad
* Innovación combinada
* Soluciones centradas en el usuario
* Sostenibilidad financiera (costos bajos de la DPI)
* Capacidad de Evolución y Ampliación


# Innovación Diversa e Inclusiva

del ecosistema, mediante accesos multimodales y abiertos

**Resumen (A qué apuntar)**

Una DPI no sólo debe ser innovadora en sí misma, sino también permitir una innovación diversa por parte de un ecosistema público y privado de usuarios.

La arquitectura tecnológica de las DPI debe permitir a otros (innovadores públicos y privados) crear soluciones y servicios que utilicen la DPI a escala (como las autopistas o el Internet) a través de herramientas como las API abiertas (en vez de proveedores de DPI que construyen toda la solución de forma monolítica).

Permitir la innovación tanto por parte de los actores **“retadores”** del mercado en el ecosistema, como también por parte de los **operadores** tradicionales.

**Un back-end digital no debe suponer un único front-end digital.** Habilite la arquitectura esencial de DPI y una diversidad de soluciones innovadoras creadas por el ecosistema para impulsar el acceso **multimodal**: a través de modos en línea, semi en línea (conectividad de bajo ancho de banda) y fuera de línea (offline); modos de autoservicio y asistidos; y en modos de smartphone/teléfono básico/sin teléfono.

* Por ejemplo, los sistemas de pago o de identidad no deberían suponer un único modo de autenticación (por ejemplo, basado en APIs online) y permitir modos offline o semi-online (códigos QR, SDK locales que puedan ofrecer autenticación facial, etc.).

Esto es esencial para acelerar la innovación privada que no se limita a una población de élite en un país, sino que también innova para resolver los desafíos de poblaciones diversas que hablan varios idiomas y tienen distintos niveles de alfabetización digital, reduciendo así también el impacto de la brecha digital. El principio también aborda la escala y la adaptabilidad/sostenibilidad a lo largo del tiempo.

La Innovación Privada puede aprovecharse tanto en la construcción de la DPI (por ejemplo, impulsando a socios privados a inscribir a personas en un sistema de identidad) como en el uso de la DPI en una economía digital amplia para ofrecer soluciones (por ejemplo, bancos o actores privados que utilicen una identidad eKYC para ofrecer un servicio como la apertura de una cuenta bancaria).

La adopción y la innovación públicas/privadas deben ser **voluntarias** y **basarse en la demanda**, en lugar de ser impuestas por las autoridades. Esto tiende a crear un uso sostenido en el tiempo.

**Herramientas técnicas (Cómo lograrlo)**

* APIs (Interfaz de Programación de Aplicaciones) abiertas
* Firmas digitales (Infraestructura de Clave Pública)
* Códigos QR firmados digitalmente (disponibles en modo offline)
* Lectura de documentos con máquinas
* Kits de Desarrollo de Software Reutilizable (SDKs)
* Datos y otros Estándares
* Acceso multimodal

**Resultados Sociales (Por qué importa)**

* Inclusión
* Escala
* Elección del Usuario
* Resiliencia
* Soluciones centradas en el usuario
* Innovación y competencia


# Federados y Descentralizados por Naturaleza

**Resumen (A qué apuntar)**

Evita la centralización. Siempre que sea posible, permita bases de datos/sistemas federados, reutilizables y accesibles por el individuo (múltiples identidades funcionales, formas de pago, fuentes de datos, etc.). Esto previene la creación de “honey pots” (riesgo de ciberseguridad) y la agregación excesiva de información en bases de datos centrales masivas y difíciles de manejar (riesgo para la privacidad).&#x20;

En el mundo actual, es totalmente posible conectar varios sistemas mediante protocolos y estándares comunes y aun así lograr la unificación sin centralización.&#x20;

**Herramientas técnicas (Cómo lograrlo)**

* APIs “envolventes” que van por encima de sistemas existentes dispares en lugar de nuevas grandes bases de datos centralizadas.

**Resultados Sociales (Por qué importa)**

* Autonomía de las Instituciones
* Ciberseguridad
* Privacidad Individual
* Resiliencia - evita sobredependencia hacia un sistema único




---

[Next Page](/llms-full.txt/1)

